# embedding_metadata

key: chroma:document
string_value:
- No.3220 Password (PSW)
- No.11311 Password for embedded macro
- No.3225 Password for protecting against modifications 
to parameters related to Dual Check Safety function
Input a correct password. 
SPECIFIED PASSWORD CAN NOT BE 
SET
In warning function against modification of setting, the same 
password as an initial password of the shipment of CNC was input.
Input other passwords.
SET FORMAL PASSWORD In warning function against modification of setting, an initial


key: chroma:document
string_value:
password of the shipment of CNC is set.
Set formal passwords other than an initial password.
MEMORY CARD IS NOT READY. In memory card program operation/editing function, the memory 
card is not mounting.
Mount the memory card.
THE MEMORY CARD CAN BE TAKEN 
OUT
In memory card program operation/editing function, the memory 
card can be detached.
MEMORY CARD IS USED BY OTHER 
FUNCTION
In memory card program operation/editing function, the device was


key: chroma:document
string_value:
changed or the memory card was detached while using the memory 
card.
Detach the memory card or change the device after the use of the 
memory card is canceled or use ends.
MEMORY CARD IS USED BY AUTOMATIC 
OPERATION
In memory card program operation/editing function, the memory 
card is used by automatic operation.
Detach the memory card after the use of the memory card is 
canceled or use ends.
NO EXTENSION OPTION In memory card program operation/editing function, the number of


key: chroma:document
string_value:
programs registered on the memory card has exceeded 63.
When the program that exceeds 63 is used, the option of the 
memory card program registration number enhancing is necessary.
THIS DEVICE IS NOT AVAILABLE In memory card program operation/editing function, the program in 
the device of "MEM CARD" was edited.
This program can not be edited on CNC.
NG SETTING (WORK COORD VAL 
OVERLAP)
In wrong operation prevention function, the valid setting range of 
the workpiece zero point offset overlaps.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Set the valid setting range correctly.
THE STRING IS NOT FOUND In the Search Word of the extended program restart function, 
search word does not exist.
The address specified in the symbol screen or I/O diagnostic 
screen does not exist.
Retry after confirmation of the string you want to search.
SYMBOL UNDEFINED In the real time macro range select screen, the start number or end 
number is input though the address is not set.
Set the address previously.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Set the address previously.
INPUT INVALID (a) The address specified in the safety IO signal history screen 
does not exist.
(b) Input on the module configuration screen is invalid.
Retry after checking the input value.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
H. WARNING LIST APPENDIX B-64694EN/01
- 1678 -
Message Description
COMMAND ILLEGAL USE In the Approach for Each Arbitrary Axis in Program Restart, 
incorrect axis is specified.
In the Suppress Motion of Quick Program Restart, incorrect axis is 
specified.
Or, the program is not being restart state
Try again after specifying the correct axis in the program restart 
state or in the state that automatic operation has stopped.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64694EN/01 APPENDIX
- 1679 -
I. PC TOOL FOR MEMORY CARD 
PROGRAM OPERATION/EDITING
I PC TOOL FOR MEMORY CARD PROGRAM
OPERATION/EDITING
I.1 PC TOOL FOR MEMORY CARD PROGRAM
OPERATION/EDITING
Overview
By using this PC tool, you can make the memory card program file ("FANUCPRG.BIN") which is 
needed for the function "Memory Card Program Operation/Editing". 
The maximum size of the memory card program file is 2048 Mbytes (2 Gbytes). The "Memory Card


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Program Operation/Editing" function needs the memory card which has the memory card program file on 
the FAT16 formatted memory card.
This PC tool can be operated on a PC in the marketplace and with following OS :
- Windows(R)NT4.0 Workstation (SP5 or later)
- Windows(R)2000 Professional (SP4 or later)
- Windows(R)XP Professional (SP2 or later)
- Windows(R)Vista Ultimate
- Windows(R)7 Professional
- Windows(R)8 Pro
- Windows(R)10
And acceptable specification is as followings :


key: chroma:document
string_value:
- Memory : 32Mbytes or more
- Hard disk : 10Mbytes or more free space and additional space for the memory card program file
I.1.1 Usage Notes
Before using this PC tool, please make sure there is no [temp] folder on the same place of this PC tool. 
[temp] folder is created and used by this PC tool as work folder.
If [temp] folder is created, please do not access this folder.
[temp] folder and the files located in this folder will be deleted by this PC tool.
I.1.2 List of Functions of PC Tool


key: chroma:document
string_value:
- Browsing the folders of the memory card program file
- Adding a program to the memory card program file by dropping the program into this PC tool from 
Explorer etc. (hereinafter referred to as "drop in")
- Extracting a program in the memory card program file as a text file on Windows file system by 
dropping out from this PC tool into Explorer etc. (hereinafter referred to as "drop out")
- Renaming a program in the memory card program file
- Deleting a program in the memory card program file


key: chroma:document
string_value:
- Creating a new folder into the memory card program file
- Renaming a folder in the memory card program file
- Deleting a folder in the memory card program file
- Display of free space on the memory card program file
- Sorting list view of the memory card program file


key: chroma:document
string_value:
APPENDIX B-64694EN/01
- 1680 -
I. PC TOOL FOR MEMORY CARD 
PROGRAM OPERATION/EDITING
I.1.3 Explanation of Operations
- Outline of screen
(1) Menu bar : The menu of this PC tool is displayed.
(2) Tree view : Browsing the folders of the memory card program file.
(3) Column : Attributes of each file or folder in the memory card program file.
(4) List view : Contents of selected folder are displayed.
(5) Status bar : Used and Unused space in the memory card program file are displayed.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
- Initial Option dialogue window
When this PC tool starts up, the Option dialogue window is displayed. Please select "Open an existing 
file" or "Create a new file".


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64694EN/01 APPENDIX
- 1681 -
I. PC TOOL FOR MEMORY CARD 
PROGRAM OPERATION/EDITING
When "Open an existing file" is selected
After OK button pushed, "Open" dialogue window is displayed.
Please select the existing memory card program file.
When "Create a new file" is selected
After OK button pushed, "Save As" dialogue window is displayed.
Please create a new memory card program file on the selected folder.
When the new memory card program file is created, the following items need to be selected:


key: chroma:document
string_value:
- Folder/Program Numbers
- Program Size
"Folder/Program Numbers" can be selected among 63 / 500 / 1000. The default value is 63.
"Program Size" can be selected among 2Mbyte, 4Mbyte, 8Mbyte, and Customize. The default value is 
2Mbyte.
NOTE
1 When "Customize" size is selected, it is available to cover the range from 
2Mbyte to 2048Mbyte.
2 Though the maximum size is 2048Mbyte, a slight loss exists by system use.
3 Nonnumeric value cannot be input.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
APPENDIX B-64694EN/01
- 1682 -
I. PC TOOL FOR MEMORY CARD 
PROGRAM OPERATION/EDITING
During creating of the memory card program file, the progress bar is being displayed. This progress bar is 
also displayed during executing of Drop-in and Drop-out.
If you push [Cancel] button, the execution is stopped.
 
- Menu
File menu
[New]
Create a new memory card program file.
[Open...]
Open the existing memory card program file.
[Exit]
Terminate this PC tool. 
Edit menu
[New Folder]


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Edit menu
[New Folder]
Create new folder. It is available during Tree view selected.
Up to seven hierarchical levels starting from the user root folder (/USER) are permitted.
/USER/PATH1/Aaa/Bbb/Ccc/Ddd/O123
1 2 3 4 5 6 7(only files)
[Delete]
Delete program files or folders.
If you delete a folder, all folders and program files in the folder will be deleted.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64694EN/01 APPENDIX
- 1683 -
I. PC TOOL FOR MEMORY CARD 
PROGRAM OPERATION/EDITING
[Rename]
Rename a folder or file.
NOTE
For naming folder and program file, characters which can be used are limited. 
Please refer to "Naming rules".
Option menu
[Hide Confirm Message]
When the following operations are executed, the following Confirm Message is popped up 
before the memory card program file is modified.
(1) Delete folder or program file
(2) Rename folder or program file


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(3) Drop-in program file
(4) Add folder
If the [OK] button is pushed, the operation advances.
If the [Cancel] button is pushed, the operation is abandoned.
When the [Hide Confirm Message] in menu bar is checked, the Confirm Message is not 
displayed and the operation advances at once. The default setting is the Confirm Message 
displayed.
[Ignore Error Code]
When the [Ignore Error Code] in menu bar is checked, program file which includes unusable


key: chroma:document
string_value:
characters can be dropped in. The unusable characters in the program file will be ignored and 
will not be written into the memory card program file.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
APPENDIX B-64694EN/01
- 1684 -
I. PC TOOL FOR MEMORY CARD 
PROGRAM OPERATION/EDITING
[Change Work Folder]
Work folder is used for temporarily keeping the dropped out files. If work folder has no enough 
free space, Drop-out will not be executed.
To avoid this, you can check this option and change the work folder to an area where there is
enough free space. With default setting, work folder [temp] will be created on the same place of 
this PC tool "FANUCPRG.exe".


key: chroma:document
string_value:
this PC tool "FANUCPRG.exe".
If you changed the default work folder, the following warning message is popped up.
If the [OK] button is pushed, the operation advances.
If the [Cancel] button is pushed, the operation is abandoned.
If the work folder has been changed before, the following warning message is popped up.
If the [OK] button is pushed, the operation advances.
If the [Cancel] button is pushed, the operation is abandoned. 
CAUTION


key: chroma:document
string_value:
CAUTION
1 At this PC tool terminated, all files in the work folder are deleted.
2 During this PC tool executing, do not access the files in the work folder. If the 
access is done, there is no assurance of normal operation.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64694EN/01 APPENDIX
- 1685 -
I. PC TOOL FOR MEMORY CARD 
PROGRAM OPERATION/EDITING
Help menu 
[About...]
Version number of this PC tool is displayed.
- Mouse Operation
[Drop-in and Drop-out] 
- Drop-in from Explorer
NC program can be added by dropping files including the NC files into the List view window of this 
PC tool from Explorer
NC program name and update time is the same as the Dropped-in files.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
If "Oxxxxxxxx" or "<xxxx>" exists at the top of files, These "Oxxxxxxxx" and "<xxxx>" become 
NC program name. If not exist, each file name becomes NC program name.
Examples
Name of external file Top of external file Name of internal file Program number
O1234 N10G00 O1234 1234
O123N10G00 N10G00 O123N10G00 Not an O number program
test.txt O1234N10G00 O1234 1234
test.txt <O1234> O1234 1234
test.txt <O1234N10> O1234N10 Not an O number program
O1234 <O1234N10> O1234N10 Not an O number program


key: chroma:document
string_value:
O001234 N10G00 O1234 1234
O001234N10G00 N10G00 O001234N10G00 Not an O number program
test.txt O001234 O1234 1234
test.txt <O001234> O1234 1234
test.txt <O001234N10G00> O001234N10G00 Not an O number program
NOTE
1 For naming program file, please refer to the following chapter "Naming rules of 
Program file".
2 For usable characters in Program file, please refer to the following chapter 
"Rules of characters in Program file".
3 The updating time of program file is available from 1997 to 2037.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
This PC tool can check contents of dropped-in program file according to "Rules of characters in 
Program file". However, this PC tool does not check grammar of NC program.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
APPENDIX B-64694EN/01
- 1686 -
I. PC TOOL FOR MEMORY CARD 
PROGRAM OPERATION/EDITING
The program file can only have one NC program. Therefore, the NC program output from CNC 
cannot be dropped in directly.
O1
G91 X10. Y10.
M30
O10
G91 X10. Y10.
M30
%
O1
G91 X10. Y10.
M30
%
O1
G91 X10. Y10.
M30
Available for Drop-in
Example of Program
<O1>
G91 X10. Y10.
M30
Unavailable for Drop-in
NOTE
1 If the same named program file exists, another same named program file cannot 
be dropped in.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
be dropped in.
2 If free space on the memory card program file is lacking, new program file 
cannot be dropped in.
3 If the NC program name is not compliant with "Naming rules of Program file", the 
program file can not be dropped in.
If the File name acts as Program number, "O" is displayed on the first row of list view.
- Drop-out from List view window
Drop-out from list view of this PC tool to Explorer is available.
CAUTION


key: chroma:document
string_value:
CAUTION
Do not drop out to Work folder. If dropped out to Work folder, this PC tool cannot 
continue to function normally.
- Pop-up menu
Pop-up menu is displayed by clicking the right mouse button.
- Focus on Tree view


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64694EN/01 APPENDIX
- 1687 -
I. PC TOOL FOR MEMORY CARD 
PROGRAM OPERATION/EDITING
Clicking "New Folder", a new folder is created on selected folder. 
Clicking "Delete", the selected folder is deleted.
Clicking "Rename", the selected folder is renamed.
If clicking on root folder, "Delete" and "Rename" are not activated.
- Focus on List view
• Clicking "Delete", the selected folder or program file is deleted.
• Clicking "Rename", the selected folder or program file is renamed.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
- Display of free space on the memory card program file ("FANUCPRG.BIN")
Number of used folder, size of used space, number of unused folder, and size of free space are displayed 
on status bar in the lower portion of the screen.
When a new memory card program file is created, two reserved folder are also created. Therefore, the 
number of used folder is two. However it does not show that number of unused folder is reduced.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
The display of status bar is renewed at creating or deleting a folder, dropping-in from Explorer, and 
deleting a program file.
- Sorting list view of the memory card program file
When a column is being clicked, the list view of the memory card program file is being sorted by the 
column key in ascending or descending order.
The initial display is sorted by NAME key in ascending order.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
APPENDIX B-64694EN/01
- 1688 -
I. PC TOOL FOR MEMORY CARD 
PROGRAM OPERATION/EDITING
I.2 NAMING RULES
Overview
Naming rules of folder and program file are described as follows.
I.2.1 Naming Rules of Program File
Here are Naming rules of Program file:
- Program file name can have a maximum of 32 characters.
- Program file name can have following characters.
Alphabet(Upper and lower case letter), numeric character,
"-"(minus), "+"(plus), "_"(under bar), "."(dot)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
"." and ".." can not be used since these are reserved for system use.
- The File name acts as Program number
When the File name is "O"+ 1-99999999, the file name acts as Program number. 
Example)
"O123" Program number 123
"O1" Program number 1
"O3000" Program number 3000
"O99999999" Program number 99999999
"O0123" Program number 123
The file name does not act as Program number, and can be dropped in:
"ABC" Top of character is not upper case letter of "O".


key: chroma:document
string_value:
"o123" Top of character is not upper case letter of "O".
"O0123XY" Characters following the "O" contains alphabet.
The file name does not act as Program number, and cannot be dropped in:
"O123456789"Numeric characters exceed 8 digits. 
NOTE
1 Program file name cannot be repeated in a Folder.
2 If program file name starts with "O" and the next eight characters are all numeric
characters, the "0" (zero) after the "O" will be deleted.
I.2.2 Naming Rules of Folder
Here are Naming rules of Folder:


key: chroma:document
string_value:
- Folder name can have a maximum of 32 characters.
- Folder name can have following characters.
Alphabet(Upper and lower case letter), numeric character, 
"-"(minus), "+"(plus), "_"(under bar), "." (dot)
"." and ".." can not be used since these are reserved for system use.
NOTE
Folder name cannot be repeated in a Folder.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64694EN/01 APPENDIX
- 1689 -
I. PC TOOL FOR MEMORY CARD 
PROGRAM OPERATION/EDITING
I.3 RULES OF CHARACTERS IN PROGRAM FILE
Overview
Words in parentheses "( )" in Program file are treated as comments.
The mark of comment start "(" is named "Control-out".
The mark of comment end ")" is named "Control-in".
"Control-out" and "Control-in" must make a pair. The order is 1st - "Control-out" and 2nd -"Control-in". 
And nested parentheses is not available.
NOTE


key: chroma:document
string_value:
NOTE
1 When a program file is dropped in, space code (0x20 SPC) , tab code (0x09 
HT) , carriage return code(0x0d CR) and percent code(0x25 %) is deleted. If 
space code is found in Control-out (characters in parentheses), it is not deleted. 
If "%" is found in Control-in, characters between "%" and next "LF" (0x0a) is 
deleted.
2 The front of program number ":" is changed to "O"(O as in Oscar) while the 
program file dropped in.
3 The program file can only have one NC program.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
I.3.1 Usable Characters in Program File
- Usable characters in Control-in
 
List of ANSI(ASCII) codes of usable characters(hexadecimal form)
Code Character Code Character Code Character Code Character
0a LF 3f ? 58 X 74 t
23 # 40 @ 59 Y 75 u
26 & 41 A 5a Z 76 v
28 ( 42 B 5b [ 77 w
29 ) 43 C 5d ] 78 x
2a * 44 D 5f _ 79 y
2b + 45 E 61 a 7a z
2c , 46 F 62 b
2d - 47 G 63 c
2e . 48 H 64 d
2f / 49 I 65 e
30 0 4a J 66 f
31 1 4b K 67 g
32 2 4c L 68 h
33 3 4d M 69 i
34 4 4e N 6a j


key: chroma:document
string_value:
33 3 4d M 69 i
34 4 4e N 6a j
35 5 4f O 6b k
36 6 50 P 6c l
37 7 51 Q 6d m
38 8 52 R 6e n
39 9 53 S 6f o
3a : 54 T 70 p
3c < 55 U 71 q
3d = 56 V 72 r
3e > 57 W 73 s


key: chroma:document
string_value:
APPENDIX B-64694EN/01
- 1690 -
I. PC TOOL FOR MEMORY CARD 
PROGRAM OPERATION/EDITING
NOTE
In the Control-in, "O", ":", and "<" can not be used at top of the line except for the 
1st line.
- Usable characters in Control-out(characters in parentheses)
List of ANSI(ASCII) codes of usable characters(hexadecimal form) 
Code Character Code Character Code Character Code Character
0a LF 3c < 55 U 71 q
20 SPC 3d = 56 V 72 r
22 “ 3e > 57 W 73 s
23 # 3f ? 58 X 74 t
24 $ 40 @ 59 Y 75 u


key: chroma:document
string_value:
24 $ 40 @ 59 Y 75 u
26 & 41 A 5a Z 76 v
27 ‘ 42 B 5b [ 77 w
2a * 43 C 5d ] 78 x
2b + 44 D 5f _ 79 y
2c , 45 E 61 a 7a z
2d - 46 F 62 b
2e . 47 G 63 c
2f / 48 H 64 d
30 0 49 I 65 e
31 1 4a J 66 f
32 2 4b K 67 g
33 3 4c L 68 h
34 4 4d M 69 i
35 5 4e N 6a j
36 6 4f O 6b k
37 7 50 P 6c l
38 8 51 Q 6d m
39 9 52 R 6e n
3a : 53 S 6f o
3b ; 54 T 70 p
I.4 ERROR MESSAGE AND NOTE
Error may occur when using this application, hereafter explains the error messages and gives relative


key: chroma:document
string_value:
instructions.
I.4.1 List of Error Message
When an error occurred, the error message box is displayed as follows.
Message Remarks
Failed to open the file you specified. If failed to open once again, the file may be broken.
Failed to read or write to the specified file. Reading or writing program storage file failed.
There is insufficient disk space. There is no enough free space to create a new memory card 
program file or to put drop out files to work folder. In the latter case,


key: chroma:document
string_value:
please refer to chapter "Menu" [Change Work Folder]
File name is not correct. Please refer to the chapter "Naming rules of Program file".
Input name is already exists. Please input another name.
File name is already exists. Please input another name.
Input name is not correct. Please refer to the chapter "Naming rules".


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64694EN/01 APPENDIX
- 1691 -
I. PC TOOL FOR MEMORY CARD 
PROGRAM OPERATION/EDITING
Message Remarks
Please input an integer between 2 and 2048 The size of the memory card program file is available from 2Mbyte 
to 2048Mbyte.
An illegal character is included in the 
specified file.
Please refer to the chapter "Rules of characters in Program file".
Last update time of the specified file is 
unsupported.
The updating time of program file is available from 1997 to 2037.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
The memory card program file you specified 
cannot be identified.
The specified file format is not the memory card program file 
There is insufficient free folder. Please delete unnecessary program files or folders.
There is insufficient free program space. Please delete unnecessary program files.
Folder deeper than 7 cannot be created. Attempted to create a folder beyond seven levels.
Can’t create folders after the eighth level.
Root folder cannot be deleted. Attempted to delete the root folder.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Root folder cannot be renamed. Attempted to rename the root folder.
Failed to create work folder. Please check whether the [temp] work folder is able to create or 
not.
In default, the [temp] work folder is created on the same place of 
this PC tool "FANUCPRG.exe".
Process has been cancelled. Processing was interrupted.
The specified work folder is not found. The Drop-out cannot be executed. 
Terminate this PC tool. And check the setting of Work Folder on the 
Option dialogue window.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Option dialogue window.
Only one instance of this application can be 
executed.
Double activation of this PC tool cannot be executed.
I.4.2 Note
- Folder and Program Numbers
Folder and Program Numbers can be selected among 63 / 500 / 1000.
For selecting the Numbers of 500 or 1000, the option "Registered programs expan. On the memory card" 
is needed in CNC side.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
APPENDIX B-64694EN/01
- 1692 -
J. ISO/ASCII CODE CONVERSION 
TOOL
J ISO/ASCII CODE CONVERSION TOOL
Overview
FANUC ISO Converter is a tool that converts a file created or externally output with ASCII code to ISO 
code format.
This tool runs on Windows 2000, Windows XP, and Windows Vista.
This tool can be used in two modes, CUI and GUI.
CUI
Start the executable file from the command prompt.
Specify the following arguments when starting the tool.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
/c : Specify that the tool runs in command line mode.
When /c is omitted, the tool runs in GUI mode.
/i= : Specify the name of an input file to be converted.
/o= :Specify the name of the converted file.
Example
C:¥>ISO_CONV.EXE /c /i=ALL-PROG.TXT /o=ALL-PROG.ISO
Multiple files can be converted at a time by listing them in a batch file.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64694EN/01 APPENDIX
- 1693 -
J. ISO/ASCII CODE CONVERSION 
TOOL
GUI
When you double-click the icon, the following screen appears, allowing you to select and convert a file.
Conversion procedure
1. Step 1
In [Target File], specify a file you want to convert.
When you click the [Select...▼] button, a file selection dialogue appears, allowing you to select a 
file.
2. Step 2
After you specify the file name in step 1, you can determine the code of the specified file by clicking


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the [File Check] button. When you select the file by clicking the [Select...▼] button, the code is 
automatically determined.
The file is determined as an ASCII file, ISO file, or ASCII/ISO-mixed file, or is indeterminable. In 
[Message], an additional message appears depending on the determination result.
If the file is determined as an ASCII/ISO-mixed file, it cannot be converted, so you cannot proceed


key: chroma:document
string_value:
to the next step. The [File Convert] button is disabled and you cannot click it. If file contains only 
characters represented by the code values common to ASCII and ISO, the code of the file is 
indeterminable. This file need not be converted, so the [File Convert] button is disabled and you 
cannot click it.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
APPENDIX B-64694EN/01
- 1694 -
J. ISO/ASCII CODE CONVERSION 
TOOL
3. Step 3
When you specify the name of a converted file and click the [File Convert] button, the converted file 
is created. When the original file is an ASCII file, an ISO file is created; when the original is an ISO 
file, an ASCII file is created.
You can also click the [Select...▼] button and specify the name of the converted file from a file 
selection dialogue.
Other


key: chroma:document
string_value:
selection dialogue.
Other
When you click the [Version] button, the software version information is displayed as shown below.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64694EN/01 APPENDIX
- 1695 -
K. LIST OF FUNCTIONS INCLUDE 
ADDRESS P IN THE PROGRAM 
COMMAND
K LIST OF FUNCTIONS INCLUDE ADDRESS 
P IN THE PROGRAM COMMAND
K.1 LIST OF FUNCTIONS INCLUDE ADDRESS P IN THE 
ARGUMENT OF G CODE
The function including address P in the argument of G code is shown below.
Function name
Machining 
center 
system 
Lathe system
G code system Reference item
A B C
Dwell G04 G04 G04 G04 OPERATOR’S MANUAL(COMMON TO 
T/M SERIES) II. PROGRAMMING
G code preventing


key: chroma:document
string_value:
G code preventing 
buffering
G04.1 G04.1 G04.1 G04.1 CONNECTION MANUAL(FUNCTION) 
OPERATOR’S MANUAL(COMMON TO 
T/M SERIES) II. PROGRAMMING
AI contour control 
II(high-precision 
contour control/AI 
high-precision contour 
control compatible 
command )
G05 G05 G05 G05 CONNECTION MANUAL(FUNCTION)
OPERATOR’S MANUAL(COMMON TO 
T/M SERIES) II. PROGRAMMING
AI contour control 
(advanced preview 
control compatible 
command)
G08 G08 G08 G08 CONNECTION MANUAL(FUNCTION)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
OPERATOR’S MANUAL(COMMON TO 
T/M SERIES) II. PROGRAMMING
Programmable data 
input
G10 G10 G10 G10 OPERATOR’S MANUAL(COMMON TO 
T/M SERIES) II. PROGRAMMING
Programmable 
parameter input
G10 G10 G10 G10 OPERATOR’S MANUAL(COMMON TO 
T/M SERIES) II. PROGRAMMING
Programmable 
internal data change
G10.8 G10.8 G10.8 G10.8 CONNECTION MANUAL(FUNCTION)
OPERATOR’S MANUAL(COMMON TO 
T/M SERIES)
Machine configuration 
selecting function
G10.8 G10.8 G10.8 G10.8 CONNECTION MANUAL(FUNCTION)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
OPERATOR’S MANUAL(COMMON TO 
T/M SERIES) II. PROGRAMMING
Spindle speed 
fluctuation detection
G26 G26 G26 G26 CONNECTION MANUAL(FUNCTION)
OPERATOR’S MANUAL(COMMON TO 
T/M SERIES) II. PROGRAMMING
Reference position 
return
G30 G30 G30 G30 OPERATOR’S MANUAL(COMMON TO 
T/M SERIES) II. PROGRAMMING
Multi-step skip G31 G31 G31 G31 OPERATOR’S MANUAL(COMMON TO 
T/M SERIES) II. PROGRAMMING
Torque limit skip G31 G31 G31 G31 OPERATOR’S MANUAL(COMMON TO 
T/M SERIES) II. PROGRAMMING
Continuous


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Continuous 
high-speed skip
G31 G31 G31 G31 OPERATOR’S MANUAL(COMMON TO 
T/M SERIES) II. PROGRAMMING
Skip function for EGB 
axis
G31.8 G31.8 G31.8 G31.8 CONNECTION MANUAL(FUNCTION)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
APPENDIX B-64694EN/01
- 1696 -
K. LIST OF FUNCTIONS INCLUDE 
ADDRESS P IN THE PROGRAM 
COMMAND
Function name
Machining 
center 
system 
Lathe system
G code system Reference item
A B C
Wheel wear 
compensation
G41 G41 G41 G41 OPERATOR’S MANUAL(For Machining 
Center System) II. PROGRAMMING
Scaling G51 - G51 G51 CONNECTION MANUAL(FUNCTION)
OPERATOR’S MANUAL(COMMON TO 
T/M SERIES) II. PROGRAMMING
Polygon turning G51.2 G51.2 G51.2 G51.2 CONNECTION MANUAL(FUNCTION)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
OPERATOR’S MANUAL(COMMON TO 
T/M SERIES) II. PROGRAMMING
(G251) (G251) (G251)
Synchronous, 
Composite and 
Superimposed control 
by program command
G51.4, G51.4, G51.4, G51.4, CONNECTION MANUAL(FUNCTION)
OPERATOR’S MANUAL(COMMON TO 
T/M SERIES) II. PROGRAMMING
G51.5, G51.5, G51.5, G51.5,
G51.6, G51.6, G51.6, G51.6,
G50.5 G50.5 G50.5 G50.5
Flexible path axis 
assignment
G52.1, G52.1, G52.1, G52.1, CONNECTION MANUAL(FUNCTION)
G52.2, G52.2, G52.2, G52.2,
G52.3 G52.3 G52.3 G52.3


key: chroma:document
string_value:
G52.3 G52.3 G52.3 G52.3
High-speed G53 
function
G53 G53 G53 G53 CONNECTION MANUAL(FUNCTION)
OPERATOR’S MANUAL(COMMON TO 
T/M SERIES) II. PROGRAMMING
Workpiece coordinate 
system
G54 G54 G54 G54 CONNECTION MANUAL(FUNCTION)
(G54.1) (G54.1) (G54.1) (G54.1) OPERATOR’S MANUAL(COMMON TO 
T/M SERIES)
Custom macro G65, G65, G65, G65, OPERATOR’S MANUAL(COMMON TO 
G66, G66, G66, G66, T/M SERIES) II. PROGRAMMING
G66.1 G66.1 G66.1 G66.1
Execution macro
Note1)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Execution macro
Note1)
G65, G65, G65, G65, Macro Executor PROGRAMMING 
G66, G66, G66, G66, MANUAL
G66.1 G66.1 G66.1 G66.1
Note1) Note1) Note1) Note1)
Pattern Data Input G65 G65 G65 G65 CONNECTION MANUAL(FUNCTION)
OPERATOR’S MANUAL(COMMON TO 
T/M SERIES) II. PROGRAMMING
Balanced cutting - G68 G68 G68 CONNECTION MANUAL(FUNCTION)
OPERATOR’S MANUAL(For Lathe 
System)
Tilted working plane 
indexing
G68.2 G68.2 G68.2 G68.2 CONNECTION MANUAL(FUNCTION)
OPERATOR’S MANUAL(COMMON TO


key: chroma:document
string_value:
OPERATOR’S MANUAL(COMMON TO 
T/M SERIES) II. PROGRAMMING
Tilted working plane 
indexing by tool axis 
direction
G68.3, G68.3, G68.3, G68.3, CONNECTION MANUAL(FUNCTION)
OPERATOR’S MANUAL(COMMON TO 
T/M SERIES)
Tilted working plane 
indexing (incremental 
multi-command)
G68.4 G68.4 G68.4 G68.4 CONNECTION MANUAL(FUNCTION)
OPERATOR’S MANUAL(COMMON TO 
T/M SERIES) II. PROGRAMMING
Multiple repetitive 
cycles
G70.7 to 
G76.7
G70 to 
G76
G70 to 
G76
G72 to 
G78
CONNECTION MANUAL(FUNCTION)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
CONNECTION MANUAL(FUNCTION)
OPERATOR’S MANUAL(For Lathe 
System)
OPERATOR’S MANUAL(For Machining 
Center System)
Figure copying G72.1, G72.1, G72.1, G72.1, OPERATOR’S MANUAL(COMMON TO 
G72.2 G72.2 G72.2 G72.2 T/M SERIES)
Canned cycle G74,
G76
- - - OPERATOR’S MANUAL(For Machining 
Center System)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64694EN/01 APPENDIX
- 1697 -
K. LIST OF FUNCTIONS INCLUDE 
ADDRESS P IN THE PROGRAM 
COMMAND
Function name
Machining 
center 
system 
Lathe system
G code system Reference item
A B C
Canned cycle for 
grinding
G75, G72, G72, G73, OPERATOR’S MANUAL(For Lathe 
G77, G74 G74 G75 System) II. PROGRAMMING
G78,
G79
Canned cycle G82 to G84, G82 to 
G85,
G82 to 
G85,
G82 to 
G85,
OPERATOR’S MANUAL(For Lathe 
System)
OPERATOR’S MANUAL(For Machining 
Center System)
G87 to G89 G87 to 
G89,


key: chroma:document
string_value:
G87 to G89 G87 to 
G89,
G87 to 
G89,
G87 to 
G89,
G83.5, G83.5, G83.5,
G83.6, G83.6, G83.6,
G87.5, G87.5, G87.5,
G87.6 G87.6 G87.6
Electronic gear box G81 G81 G81 G81 CONNECTION MANUAL(FUNCTION)
Electronic gear box 2 
pair
G81.5 G81.5 G81.5 G81.5 CONNECTION MANUAL(FUNCTION)
High-speed peck 
drilling cycle
- G83.1 G83.1 G83.1 OPERATOR’S MANUAL(For Lathe 
System)
Rigid tapping cycle 
(FS15-T format)
G84.2 G84.2 G84.2 G84.2 CONNECTION MANUAL(FUNCTION)
OPERATOR’S MANUAL(For Lathe


key: chroma:document
string_value:
OPERATOR’S MANUAL(For Lathe 
System)
OPERATOR’S MANUAL(For Machining 
Center System)
Left-handed rigid 
tapping cycle(FS15-T 
format)
G84.3 - - - CONNECTION MANUAL(FUNCTION)
OPERATOR’S MANUAL(For Machining 
Center System)
Constant surface 
speed control
G96 G96 G96 G96 CONNECTION MANUAL(FUNCTION)
OPERATOR’S MANUAL(COMMON TO 
T/M SERIES) II. PROGRAMMING
Spindle Indexing 
Function
G96.1
to 
G96.3
G96.1
to 
G96.3
G96.1
to 
G96.3
G96.1
to 
G96.3
CONNECTION MANUAL(FUNCTION)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
CONNECTION MANUAL(FUNCTION)
OPERATOR’S MANUAL(COMMON TO 
T/M SERIES) II. PROGRAMMING
Spindle control with 
servo motor
G96.4 G96.4 G96.4 G96.4 CONNECTION MANUAL(FUNCTION)
OPERATOR’S MANUAL(COMMON TO 
T/M SERIES) II. PROGRAMMING
Note 1) : Arbitrary G code is optional with the following compilation parameter.
 No.9013 to No.9022,No.9034,No.9045 to No.9047,No.9129 to No.9137
K.2 LIST OF FUNCTIONS INCLUDE ADDRESS P IN THE 
ARGUMENT OF M AND S CODE


key: chroma:document
string_value:
ARGUMENT OF M AND S CODE
The function including address P in the argument of M and S code is shown below.
Function name M code
format
related 
parameters Reference item
Waiting M codes M_P_ No.8110,No.8111,
MWP(No.8103#1)
CONNECTION MANUAL(FUNCTION)
OPERATOR’S MANUAL(COMMON TO T/M 
SERIES) II. PROGRAMMING
Waiting M codes of 
high-speed Type
M_P_ No.8114,No.8115,
MWP(No.8103#1)
CONNECTION MANUAL(FUNCTION)
OPERATOR’S MANUAL(COMMON TO T/M 
SERIES) II. PROGRAMMING


key: chroma:document
string_value:
APPENDIX B-64694EN/01
- 1698 -
K. LIST OF FUNCTIONS INCLUDE 
ADDRESS P IN THE PROGRAM 
COMMAND
Function name M code
format
related 
parameters Reference item
Waiting function by 
specifying start point
M_P_L_IP STW(No.8101#1),
No.8110,No.8111,
MWP(No.8103#1)
CONNECTION MANUAL(FUNCTION)
OPERATOR’S MANUAL(COMMON TO T/M 
SERIES) II. PROGRAMMING
(Custom macro)
Subprogram
M98P_ OPERATOR’S MANUAL(COMMON to T/M 
series) II. PROGRAMMING
Program end M99P_


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Program end M99P_
External subprogram call M198P_ SBP(No.3404#2) OPERATOR’S MANUAL(COMMON to T/M 
series) III. OPERATION
Custom macro 
Macro Call Using an M 
code ( include 
specification of multiple 
definitions and special 
macro call)
M_P_ MAA(No.6009#2) OPERATOR’S MANUAL(COMMON to T/M 
series) II. PROGRAMMING
Execution macro
Subprogram call
M98P_ Macro Executor PROGRAMMING MANUAL
Subprogram call for user 
program
M_P_
Execution macro
Macro Call Using an M 
code ( include


key: chroma:document
string_value:
code ( include 
specification of multiple 
definitions and special 
macro call)
M_P_
Multi-spindle S_P_ MPP(No.3703#3),
No.3781
CONNECTION MANUAL(FUNCTION)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64694EN/01 INDEX
i-1 
INDEX 
<Number> 
10.4" LCD CNC Display Panel (15"/19" LCD CNC 
Display Panel) .......................................................... 682 
3-DIMENSIONAL COORDINATE SYSTEM 
CONVERSION ........................................................ 257 
3-DIMENSIONAL MANUAL FEED .......................... 718 
<A> 
ABSOLUTE AND INCREMENTAL 
PROGRAMMING .................................................... 137


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Absolute multiple command ........................................ 301 
ACTION TO BE TAKEN WHEN A PROBLEM 
OCCURRED .......................................................... 1533 
Actual Feedrate Display ............................................. 1107 
Actual Feedrate Display (15/19-inch Display Unit) ... 1120 
Addition of Workpiece Coordinate System Pair (G54.1 
or G54) ..................................................................... 130 
AI CONTOUR CONTROL FUNCTION I AND AI


key: chroma:document
string_value:
CONTOUR CONTROL FUNCTION II (G05.1) ..... 567 
ALARM AND SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTIONS ...... 914 
Alarm Display ....................................................... 680,914 
ALARM HISTORY DISPLAY ................................... 916 
ALARM LIST ............................................................ 1576 
All Data Output Screen ................................................ 999 
Altering a Word ......................................................... 1022


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Angular Axis Control ................................................... 735 
Animation................................................................... 1508 
ANIMATION GRAPHIC screen ............................... 1511 
ARITHMETIC AND LOGIC OPERATION ............... 418 
ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATION .......... 515 
Automatic Coordinate System Setting ......................... 132 
Automatic Corner Override .......................................... 102 
AUTOMATIC INSERTION OF SEQUENCE


key: chroma:document
string_value:
NUMBERS ............................................................. 1009 
AUTOMATIC OPERATION ............................... 672,742 
Automatic override for inner corners (G62) ................. 102 
AUXILIARY FUNCTION .................................... 213,535 
AUXILIARY FUNCTION (M FUNCTION) ............... 213 
Auxiliary Function Lock .............................................. 851 
AUXILIARY FUNCTION OUTPUT BLOCK 
REVERSE MOVEMENT FOR MANUAL


key: chroma:document
string_value:
REVERSE MOVEMENT FOR MANUAL 
HANDLE RETRACE .............................................. 871 
AUXILIARY FUNCTION OUTPUT IN MOVING 
AXIS......................................................................... 220 
Auxiliary Function Output in Program Restart Function784 
Available Keys ........................................................... 1036 
AXIS CONTROL COMMAND ................................... 525 
AXIS CONTROL FUNCTIONS ................................. 590


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Axis status display ....................................................... 899 
Axis Synchronization Control ...................................... 734 
AXIS SYNCHRONOUS CONTROL .......................... 590 
<B> 
Background Editing ................................................... 1158 
Background Editing (15/19-inch Display Unit) ......... 1206 
BACKING UP VARIOUS DATA ITEMS ................ 1534 
Battery in the PANEL i (3 VDC) ............................... 1538


key: chroma:document
string_value:
BRANCH AND REPETITION.................................... 428 
<C> 
CALCULATION KEY FUNCTION ......................... 1480 
Call stack display ....................................................... 1132 
Call stack display (15/19-inch display unit) ............... 1191 
Cancel Command for Real Time Custom Macro ......... 505 
Canceling Spindle Positioning ..................................... 154 
Change Tolerance in Smooth Tolerance+
 Control Mode 76


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Control Mode 76 
CHANGING CURRENT FOLDER........................... 1060 
CHANGING FILE ATTRIBUTES ............................ 1065 
CHANGING FOLDER ATTRIBUTES ..................... 1062 
Changing Workpiece Coordinate System .................... 125 
CHARACTER-TO-CODES CORRESPONDENCE 
TABLE ................................................................... 1569 
Check by Running the Machine ................................... 673 
Check of the Tool Path between Blocks by Stroke Limit


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Check before Move .................................................. 886 
CHECKING BY DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY ................ 918 
CIRCULAR INTERPOLATION (G02, G03) ................ 45 
CIRCULAR THREADING (G35, G36) ........................ 79 
CODES AND RESERVED WORDS USED IN 
CUSTOM MACROS................................................ 475 
Color Setting Screen .................................................. 1378 
Color Setting Screen (15/19-inch Display Unit) ........ 1420


key: chroma:document
string_value:
COMMAND FOR MACHINE OPERATIONS - 
AUXILIARY FUNCTION ......................................... 23 
COMMAND PATH OF MACRO CALL OR 
SUBPROGRAM CALL ........................................... 249 
Command type selection screen ........................ 1178,1226 
COMMON MEMORY BETWEEN EACH PATH ..... 654 
COMPENSATION FUNCTION ................................. 336 
Condition Transition (ZEDGE Statement) ................... 519 
Conditional Branch (IF Statement) .............................. 431


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Conditional Branch (ZONCE Statement) ..................... 518 
Confirmation of a data update during the data setting 
process ...................................................................... 897 
Confirmation of incremental input ............................... 895 
Confirmation of the deletion of all data ....................... 897 
Confirmation of the deletion of the program ................ 896 
Confirmation of the start from a middle block ............. 900


key: chroma:document
string_value:
CONSTANT SURFACE SPEED CONTROL (G96, 
G97) ......................................................................... 145 
CONTINUOUS HIGH-SPEED SKIP FUNCTION ....... 87 
CONTROL ON REAL TIME MACRO COMMANDS517 
CONTROLLED AXES .................................................. 27 
Controlled axis configuration example ........................ 632 
CONVERSATIONAL PROGRAMMING WITH 
GRAPHIC FUNCTION ......................................... 1013


key: chroma:document
string_value:
COORDINATE SYSTEM ........................................... 118 
Coordinate System on Part Drawing and Coordinate 
System Specified by CNC - Coordinate System ........ 13


key: chroma:document
string_value:
INDEX B-64694EN/01 
i-2 
COORDINATE VALUE AND DIMENSION ............. 137 
Copy ........................................................................... 1038 
Copy and movement between different devices ......... 1071 
Copy of program file with memory card device ........ 1072 
CREATING A FOLDER ........................................... 1059 
CREATING PROGRAMS ......................................... 1008 
CREATING PROGRAMS IN TEACH IN MODE


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(PLAYBACK) ........................................................ 1010 
CREATING PROGRAMS USING THE MDI UNIT 1008 
Creation ...................................................................... 1039 
Current block screen .................................................. 1150 
Current Position Display .............................................. 679 
CURSOR MOVEMENT LIMITATIONS ON 
PROGRAM EDITING ........................................... 1031


key: chroma:document
string_value:
CUSTOM MACRO ...................................................... 358 
Custom Macro Variables .............................................. 511 
Customization of Tool Management Data Display ...... 181 
Cut .............................................................................. 1039 
CUTTING FEED ........................................................... 93 
CUTTING FEEDRATE CONTROL ........................... 100 
Cutting Point Interpolation for Cylindrical Interpolation


key: chroma:document
string_value:
.................................................................................... 64 
CUTTING SPEED - SPINDLE FUNCTION ................. 21 
Cylindrical Interpolation ................................................ 59 
CYLINDRICAL INTERPOLATION (G07.1) ............... 59 
Cylindrical Interpolation by Plane Distance Command . 62 
<D> 
DATA INPUT/OUTPUT ............................................. 922 
Data range check .......................................................... 901


key: chroma:document
string_value:
DECIMAL POINT PROGRAMMING ........................ 142 
Default Folders ............................................................. 229 
Definition of the Custom Macro Screen ....................... 559 
Definition of the Pattern Menu Screen ......................... 557 
DEFINITION OF THE SCREEN ................................ 556 
Deleting a Block ......................................................... 1025 
DELETING A FILE ................................................... 1064


key: chroma:document
string_value:
DELETING A FOLDER ............................................ 1063 
Deleting a Word ......................................................... 1023 
Deleting All Programs ................................................ 1029 
DELETING BLOCKS ............................................... 1025 
Deleting files in memory card device ......................... 1074 
Deleting Multiple Blocks ........................................... 1025


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Deleting One Program ................................................ 1029 
DELETING PROGRAMS ......................................... 1029 
Description of commands compatible with those for a 
hobbing machine (G80, G81) .................................. 628 
Details ............................................................... 1046,1480 
Details of Functions ..................................................... 485 
Details of the tilted working plane data setting screen .......


key: chroma:document
string_value:
....................................................................... 1182,1230 
DIAMETER AND RADIUS PROGRAMMING ......... 144 
Direct Input of Workpiece Origin Offset Value 
Measured ................................................................ 1244 
Direct Input of Workpiece Origin Offset Value 
Measured (15/19-inch Display Unit) ..................... 1311 
Disabling Life Count .................................................... 211


key: chroma:document
string_value:
DISPLAY ..................................................................... 678 
Display interpreted and original programs on the same 
screen ..................................................................... 1134 
Display interpreted and original programs on the same 
screen (15/19-inch display unit) ............................ 1194 
Display of 3-dimensional Manual Feed (Tool Tip 
Coordinates, Number of Pulses, Machine Axis Move


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Amount) ................................................................. 1113 
Display of 3-dimensional Manual Feed (Tool Tip 
Coordinates, Number of Pulses, Machine Axis Move 
Amount) (15/19-inch Display Unit) ....................... 1126 
Display of Run Time and Parts Count ....................... 1109 
Display of Run Time and Parts Count (15/19-inch 
Display Unit) .......................................................... 1122 
DISPLAY OF SYSTEM VARIABLES ....................... 413


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Display of updated modal information ......................... 898 
Displaying and Entering Setting Data ........................ 1237 
Displaying and Entering Setting Data (15/19-inch 
Display Unit) .......................................................... 1303 
Displaying and Setting Custom Macro Common 
Variables ................................................................ 1246 
Displaying and Setting Custom Macro Common 
Variables (15/19-inch Display Unit) ..................... 1313


key: chroma:document
string_value:
DISPLAYING AND SETTING DATA ....................... 675 
Displaying and setting magazine screen .................... 1251 
Displaying and setting magazine screen (15/19-inch 
display unit) ............................................................ 1319 
Displaying and Setting Parameters ............................ 1370 
Displaying and Setting Parameters (15/19-inch Display 
Unit) ....................................................................... 1413


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Displaying and Setting Pattern Data Inputs ............... 1291 
Displaying and Setting Pattern Data Inputs (15/19-inch 
Display Unit) .......................................................... 1358 
Displaying and Setting Real Time Custom Macro Data .... 
 ................................................................................ 1247 
Displaying and Setting Real Time Custom Macro Data 
(15/19-inch Display Unit) ...................................... 1314


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Displaying and Setting Run Time, Parts Count, and 
Time ....................................................................... 1241 
Displaying and Setting Run Time, Parts Count, and 
Time (15/19-inch Display Unit) ............................ 1308 
Displaying and setting the FSSB axis setting screen .. 1394 
Displaying and setting the FSSB axis setting screen 
(15/19-inch display unit) ........................................ 1436 
Displaying and setting the FSSB servo amplifier setting


key: chroma:document
string_value:
screen ..................................................................... 1393 
Displaying and setting the FSSB servo amplifier setting 
screen (15/19-inch display unit) ............................ 1435 
Displaying and setting the FSSB spindle amplifier 
setting screen .......................................................... 1393 
Displaying and setting the FSSB spindle amplifier 
setting screen (15/19-inch display unit)................. 1435


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Displaying and setting the machining parameter tuning 
screen ..................................................................... 1397 
Displaying and setting the machining parameter tuning 
screen (15/19-inch display unit) ............................ 1439 
Displaying and setting the servo setting screen .......... 1394 
Displaying and setting the servo setting screen 
(15/19-inch display unit) ........................................ 1436


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64694EN/01 INDEX
i-3 
Displaying and setting the servo tuning screen .......... 1396 
Displaying and setting the servo tuning screen 
(15/19-inch display unit) ........................................ 1438 
Displaying and Setting the Software Operator’s Panel1249 
Displaying and Setting the Software Operator’s Panel 
(15/19-inch Display Unit) ....................................... 1317 
Displaying and setting the spindle tuning screen ....... 1396


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Displaying and setting the spindle tuning screen 
(15/19-inch display unit) ........................................ 1438 
Displaying and Setting the Workpiece Origin Offset 
Value ...................................................................... 1243 
Displaying and Setting the Workpiece Origin Offset 
Value (15/19-inch Display Unit) ........................... 1310 
Displaying and Setting Tool Life Management Data . 1280 
Displaying and Setting Tool Life Management Data


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(15/19-inch Display Unit) ....................................... 1347 
Displaying and setting tool management screen ........ 1253 
Displaying and setting tool management screen 
(15/19-inch display unit) ........................................ 1321 
Displaying and Switching the Display Language ...... 1269 
Displaying and Switching the Display Language 
(15/19-inch Display Unit) ....................................... 1336 
Displaying Memory Data ........................................... 1386


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Displaying Memory Data (15/19-inch Display Unit) . 1428 
Displaying Program Being Executed in Backward 
Movement ................................................................. 870 
Displaying the executed block (BC) ................. 1129,1191 
Displaying the menu screen and selecting a menu item 
 ................................................................................ 1388 
Displaying the menu screen and selecting a menu item


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(15/19-inch display unit) ........................................ 1429 
Displaying the Program Name ................................... 1476 
Displaying the Program Number, Program Name, and 
Sequence Number ................................................... 1471 
Displaying the Program Number, Program Name, and 
Sequence Number (15/19-inch Display Unit) ........ 1475 
DISPLAYING THE PROGRAM NUMBER/NAME, 
SEQUENCE NUMBER, AND STATUS, AND 
WARNING MESSAGES FOR DATA SETTING OR


key: chroma:document
string_value:
INPUT/OUTPUT OPERATION ............................ 1470 
Displaying the Status and Warning for Data Setting or 
Input/Output Operation .......................................... 1472 
Displaying the Status and Warning for Data Setting or 
Input/Output Operation (15/19-inch Display Unit) 1477 
Displaying the total life of tools of the same type ...... 1261 
Displaying the total life of tools of the same type 
(15/19-inch display unit) ........................................ 1329


key: chroma:document
string_value:
DISPLAYING VARIABLE IN MACRO ALARM OR 
MACRO MESSAGE ................................................ 492 
DISTANCE CODED LINEAR SCALE INTERFACE 732 
Distance Coded Rotary Encoder .................................. 733 
DNC OPERATION ...................................................... 747 
DNC Operation File Set ............................................... 996 
DRY RUN .................................................................... 853


key: chroma:document
string_value:
DWELL ........................................................................ 108 
DYNAMIC GRAPHIC DISPLAY ............................. 1494 
<E> 
Each tool Data Screen ......................................... 190,1258 
Each tool data screen (15/19-inch display unit) ......... 1326 
Eco Monitoring Screen .............................................. 1299 
Eco Monitoring Screen (15/19-inch Display Unit) .... 1366 
Eco Setting Screen ..................................................... 1295


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Eco Setting Screen (15/19-inch Display Unit) ........... 1361 
EDIT DISABLE ATTRIBUTE AND DISPLAY 
DISABLE ATTRIBUTE ........................................ 1018 
EDITING A PROGRAM .................................... 674,1137 
Editing a Program (15/19-inch Display Unit) ............ 1196 
EDITING OF CUSTOM MACROS .......................... 1030 
EDITING PROGRAM CHARACTERS .................... 1034 
EDITING PROGRAMS ............................................. 1017


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Electronic Gear Box ..................................................... 607 
Electronic Gear Box 2 Pair .......................................... 626 
Electronic Gear Box Automatic Phase Synchronization620 
EMBEDDED ETHERNET OPERATIONS ................ 988 
EMERGENCY STOP .................................................. 878 
Error message ............................................................. 1006 
ERROR MESSAGE AND NOTE .............................. 1690


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Exact Stop (G09, G61), Cutting Mode (G64), Tapping 
Mode (G63) .............................................................. 101 
EXPLANATION ......................................................... 550 
EXPLANATION OF OPERATION ............................ 553 
Explanation of Operations.......................................... 1680 
EXPLANATION OF THE MDI UNIT ........................ 686 
EXTENSION OF THE MANUAL HANDLE 
RETRACE FUNCTION ........................................... 874


key: chroma:document
string_value:
EXTERNAL I/O DEVICES......................................... 698 
External Operator Message History ........................... 1455 
EXTERNAL OUTPUT COMMANDS ........................ 476 
EXTERNAL SUBPROGRAM CALL (M198) ............ 752 
EXTERNAL SUBPROGRAM CALLS USING THE 
DATA SERVER AVAILABLE IN MULTI-PATH 
SYSTEMS ................................................................ 757 
<F> 
FANUC DOUBLE-BYTE CHARACTER CODE


key: chroma:document
string_value:
TABLE ................................................................... 1570 
FEED FUNCTIONS ...................................................... 91 
FEED-FEED FUNCTION ............................................. 11 
FEEDRATE INSTRUCTION ON IMAGINARY 
CIRCLE FOR A ROTARY AXIS ........................... 105 
FEEDRATE OVERRIDE ............................................ 852 
FIGURE COPYING (G72.1, G72.2) ........................... 251


key: chroma:document
string_value:
File Format and Error Messages .................................. 987 
Folder Attributes .......................................................... 228 
Folder Configuration .................................................... 226 
Folder for Subprogram/Macro Calls .......................... 1078 
FOLDER MANAGEMENT ...................................... 1075 
Folder tree display ...................................................... 1145


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Folder tree display (15/19-inch display unit) ............. 1204 
FOLDERS .................................................................... 226 
Format ........................................................................ 1001 
FTP File Transfer Function .......................................... 993 
FUNCTION FOR LOADER CONTROL .................... 665 
Function Keys .............................................................. 690


key: chroma:document
string_value:
INDEX B-64694EN/01 
i-4 
FUNCTION KEYS AND SOFT KEYS ....................... 688 
Functions that are Used When Data is Set ................... 894 
Functions that are Used when the Program is Executed898 
FUNCTIONS TO SIMPLIFY PROGRAMMING ....... 251 
<G> 
G CODE LIST IN THE LATHE SYSTEM ................... 36 
G CODE LIST IN THE MACHINING CENTER 
SYSTEM .................................................................... 33 
G CODE PREVENTING BUFFERING ...................... 585


key: chroma:document
string_value:
G53, G28, and G30 Commands in Tool Length 
Compensation Mode ................................................. 341 
GENERAL ............................................................. 3,9,669 
General Screen Operations ........................................... 688 
General specifications of the tilted working plane 
indexing .................................................................... 274 
GOTO Statement Using Stored Sequence Numbers /


key: chroma:document
string_value:
LGOTO Statement Using Stored Label ................... 429 
GRAPHIC DISPLAY ................................................ 1483 
GRAPHIC FUNCTION ............................................. 1483 
GRAPHIC PARAMETER (DYNAMIC GRAPHIC) 
screen ............................................................. 1495,1508 
<H> 
Heading a Program ..................................................... 1021 
HELICAL INTERPOLATION (G02, G03) ................... 49


key: chroma:document
string_value:
HIGH PRECISION OSCILLATION FUNCTION ...... 641 
HIGH SPEED PROGRAM CHECK FUNCTION ....... 855 
HIGH-SPEED CUTTING FUNCTIONS ..................... 567 
HIGH-SPEED PROGRAM MANAGEMENT .......... 1080 
HIGH-SPEED SKIP (G31) ............................................ 86 
Host File List Display .................................................. 988 
How to Indicate Command Dimensions for Moving the 
Tool (Absolute and Incremental Programming) ........ 18


key: chroma:document
string_value:
How to View the Position Display Change without 
Running the Machine ............................................... 674 
<I> 
Improvement of Quick program restart for 
non-machining program ........................................... 824 
Improvement of Tool compensation for Tool Retract 
and Recover .............................................................. 605 
INCH/METRIC CONVERSION (G20, G21) .............. 139 
INCORRECT THREADED LENGTH ...................... 1559


key: chroma:document
string_value:
INCREMENT SYSTEM ................................................ 28 
INCREMENTAL FEED .............................................. 703 
Incremental multiple command .................................... 303 
INDIRECT AXIS ADDRESS SPECIFICATION ........ 425 
Input data range check ................................................. 894 
Input Mode ................................................................. 1037 
Input of Customize Data with the Decimal Point ......... 187


key: chroma:document
string_value:
INPUT/OUTPUT FILE NAME FOR MULTI-PATH 
SYSTEM ................................................................ 1006 
Input/output format of operation history signal selection 
data ........................................................................... 945 
Input/output format of pitch error compensation data .. 937 
INPUT/OUTPUT ON EACH SCREEN ....................... 925 
INPUT/OUTPUT ON THE ALL IO SCREEN ............ 963


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Inputting a program ...................................................... 925 
Inputting and Outputting a Program ............................. 925 
Inputting and Outputting All Tool Management Data at 
a Time ...................................................................... 982 
Inputting and Outputting Custom Macro Common 
Variables .................................................................. 939 
Inputting and outputting of O8-digit ............................ 929


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Inputting and Outputting Offset Data .................... 931,971 
Inputting and Outputting Operation History Data . 943,977 
Inputting and Outputting Parameters .................... 929,970 
Inputting and Outputting Pitch Error Compensation 
Data .......................................................................... 935 
Inputting and Outputting Tool Life Management Data 961 
Inputting and Outputting Tool Management Data 946,978 
Inputting and Outputting Workpiece Coordinates


key: chroma:document
string_value:
System Data ...................................................... 941,976 
Inputting and Outputting Workpiece Setting Error 
Compensation Value ................................................ 986 
Inputting custom macro common variables ................. 939 
Inputting customize data displayed as tool management 
data ........................................................................... 954 
Inputting decimal point position data of customize data957


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Inputting magazine data ............................................... 949 
Inputting name data of customize data ......................... 952 
Inputting offset data ..................................................... 931 
Inputting operation history signal selection data .......... 944 
Inputting parameters .................................................... 929 
Inputting pitch error compensation data ....................... 935


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Inputting spindle waiting position name data ............... 956 
Inputting tool geometry data ........................................ 959 
Inputting tool life management data ............................. 961 
Inputting tool life status name data .............................. 951 
Inputting tool management data ................................... 946 
Inputting workpiece coordinate system data ................ 941 
Inputting/Outputting a Program ................................... 966


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Inputting/Outputting all Programs and Folders ............ 968 
Inputting/Outputting Custom Macro Common 
Variables .................................................................. 974 
Inputting/Outputting Pitch Error Compensation Data .. 973 
Inserting a Word ........................................................ 1022 
INSERTING, ALTERING AND DELETING A 
WORD .................................................................... 1019


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Internal circular cutting feedrate change ...................... 104 
INTERPOLATION FUNCTIONS ................................. 40 
INTERRUPTION TYPE CUSTOM MACRO ............. 483 
ISO/ASCII CODE CONVERSION TOOL ................ 1692 
<J> 
JOG FEED (JOG) ........................................................ 701 
<K> 
KEYS AND PROGRAM ENCRYPTION ................. 1040 
<L> 
LCD mounted type CNC ............................................ 1001


key: chroma:document
string_value:
LIMITATION ............................................ 540,1190,1236 
Limitations ................................................................. 1529 
Line Number Display ................................................. 1037


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64694EN/01 INDEX
i-5 
Line Search ................................................................ 1040 
LINEAR INTERPOLATION (G01) .............................. 43 
LINEAR SCALE WITH DISTANCE-CODED 
REFERENCE MARKS (SERIAL) .......................... 737 
List of Error Message ................................................. 1690 
LIST OF FUNCTIONS AND PROGRAM FORMAT1548 
LIST OF FUNCTIONS INCLUDE ADDRESS P IN 
THE ARGUMENT OF G CODE .......................... 1695


key: chroma:document
string_value:
LIST OF FUNCTIONS INCLUDE ADDRESS P IN 
THE ARGUMENT OF M AND S CODE ............. 1697 
LIST OF FUNCTIONS INCLUDE ADDRESS P IN 
THE PROGRAM COMMAND .............................. 1695 
List of Functions of PC Tool ...................................... 1679 
List of Message .......................................................... 1005 
List of Output Data..................................................... 1004 
LOAD METER SCREEN .......................................... 1466


key: chroma:document
string_value:
LOCAL COORDINATE SYSTEM ............................. 134 
Local variables ............................................................. 513 
<M> 
M Code Group Check Function ................................... 217 
M CODE GROUPING FUNCTION ............................ 215 
M198 Folder Set ........................................................... 996 
MACHINE COORDINATE SYSTEM ........................ 119 
Machine Lock .............................................................. 850


key: chroma:document
string_value:
MACHINE LOCK AND AUXILIARY FUNCTION 
LOCK ....................................................................... 850 
MACHINING CONDITION SELECTING 
FUNCTION .............................................................. 583 
Machining Level Selection......................................... 1279 
Machining Level Selection (15/19-inch Display Unit)1345 
Machining Parameter Tuning ..................................... 1380 
Machining Parameter Tuning (15/19-inch Display Unit)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
................................................................................ 1422 
Machining parameter tuning (AI contour) ........ 1380,1422 
MACRO CALL ..................................................... 445,523 
MACRO CALL ARGUMENT FOR AXIS NAME 
EXPANSION ........................................................... 471 
Macro Call Using a G Code ......................................... 458 
Macro Call Using a G Code (Specification of Multiple


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Definitions) ............................................................... 459 
Macro Call Using a G Code with a Decimal Point 
(Specification of Multiple Definitions) .................... 460 
Macro Call Using an M Code ...................................... 461 
Macro Call Using an M Code (Specification of Multiple 
Definitions) ............................................................... 462 
MACRO STATEMENTS AND NC STATEMENTS .. 427 
MAKING A PROGRAM COMPACT ....................... 1067


key: chroma:document
string_value:
MANUAL ABSOLUTE ON AND OFF ...................... 707 
MANUAL HANDLE FEED ........................................ 704 
MANUAL HANDLE INTERRUPTION ..................... 759 
MANUAL HANDLE RETRACE ................................ 857 
MANUAL HANDLE RETRACE FUNCTION FOR 
MULTI-PATH .......................................................... 871 
Manual Interruption of 3-dimensional Coordinate 
System Conversion ................................................... 764


key: chroma:document
string_value:
MANUAL INTERVENTION AND RETURN ............ 835 
MANUAL LINEAR/CIRCULAR INTERPOLATION711 
MANUAL OPERATION ...................................... 669,700 
MANUAL REFERENCE POSITION RETURN ......... 700 
MAXIMUM COMMAND VALUES ............................ 30 
Maximum incremental value check ............................. 902 
MAXIMUM STROKE ................................................... 29 
MDI OPERATION ...................................................... 744


key: chroma:document
string_value:
MEMORY OPERATION ............................................ 742 
METHOD OF REPLACING BATTERY .................. 1535 
MIRROR IMAGE ........................................................ 765 
Modal Call: Call After the Move Command (G66) ..... 453 
Modal Call: Each Block Call (G66.1) .......................... 456 
Modal G codes display in 3 columns on program check 
screen ..................................................................... 1149 
Modal Real Time Macro Command / One-shot Real


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Time Macro Command ............................................ 499 
MUITI-PATH CONTROL FUNCTION ...................... 650 
Multidirectional branch (SWITCH-CASE Statement) . 440 
MULTI-PATH EDITING FUNCTION ..................... 1046 
Multiple Command of Tilted Working Plane Indexing 301 
MULTIPLE M COMMANDS IN A SINGLE BLOCK214 
Multi-statement (ZDO...ZEND Statement) .................. 521 
MULTI-STEP SKIP (G31) ............................................ 85 
<N>


key: chroma:document
string_value:
<N> 
NAMES OF AXES ........................................................ 27 
NAMING RULES ...................................................... 1688 
Naming Rules of Folder ............................................. 1688 
Naming Rules of Program File ................................... 1688 
NC DATA OUTPUT FUNCTION .............................. 999 
Next Block Display Screen ........................................ 1147 
Next Block Display Screen (15/19-inch Display Unit)1204


key: chroma:document
string_value:
NOMOGRAPHS ........................................................ 1559 
NORMAL DIRECTION CONTROL 
(G40.1,G41.1,G42.1) ................................................ 351 
Note ............................................................ 736,1519,1691 
NOTES ......................................................................... 538 
NOTES ON READING THIS MANUAL ....................... 6 
NOTES ON VARIOUS KINDS OF DATA .................... 6


key: chroma:document
string_value:
NUMBER OF CONTROLLED AXES .......................... 27 
<O> 
Operating Monitor Display ........................................ 1111 
Operating Monitor Display (15/19-inch Display Unit)1124 
Operation ................................................................... 1480 
Operation confirmation function setting screen ........... 903 
Operation level setting ............................................... 1271 
Operation level setting (15-inch display unit) ............ 1338


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Operation Procedure for a Canned Cycle for Drilling .. 833 
OPERATIONAL DEVICES ........................................ 681 
OPTIMUM ACCELERATION/DECELERATION 
FOR RIGID TAPPING ............................................ 584 
OTHERS ...................................................................... 524 
Output Directory ........................................................ 1001 
Output operation ........................................................ 1000


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Outputting a program ................................................... 927 
Outputting custom macro common variables ............... 940 
Outputting customize data displayed as tool 
management data ...................................................... 955


key: chroma:document
string_value:
INDEX B-64694EN/01 
i-6 
Outputting decimal point position data of customize 
data ........................................................................... 958 
Outputting magazine data............................................. 950 
Outputting name data of customize data ...................... 953 
Outputting offset data ................................................... 932 
Outputting operation history data ................................. 943


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Outputting operation history signal section data .......... 945 
Outputting parameters .................................................. 930 
Outputting pitch error compensation data .................... 937 
Outputting spindle waiting position name data ............ 957 
Outputting tool geometry data ...................................... 960 
Outputting tool life management data .......................... 962 
Outputting tool life status name data ............................ 952


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Outputting tool management data ................................ 948 
Outputting workpiece coordinate system data ............. 942 
Overall Position Display ............................................ 1104 
Overall Position Display (15/19-inch Display Unit) .. 1116 
OVERTRAVEL ........................................................... 878 
OVERVIEW .................. 91,336,550,650,1046,1480,1539 
OVERWRITING FILES ON A MEMORY CARD/USB


key: chroma:document
string_value:
MEMORY ................................................................ 923 
<P> 
Parameter Tuning Screen ........................................... 1388 
Parameter Tuning Screen (15/19-inch Display Unit) . 1429 
Parameter tuning screen (axis setting) ........................ 1392 
Parameter tuning screen (axis setting) (15/19-inch 
display unit) ............................................................ 1434 
Parameter tuning screen (miscellaneous settings) ...... 1395


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Parameter tuning screen (miscellaneous settings) 
(15/19-inch display unit) ........................................ 1437 
Parameter tuning screen (spindle setting) ................... 1395 
Parameter tuning screen (spindle setting) (15/19-inch 
display unit) ............................................................ 1437 
Parameter tuning screen (system setting) ................... 1391 
Parameter tuning screen (system setting) (15/19-inch


key: chroma:document
string_value:
display unit) ............................................................ 1432 
PART DRAWING AND TOOL MOVEMENT ............ 12 
Part Program Storage Size / Number of Registerable 
Programs ................................................................... 235 
Parts Count Display, Run Time Display ...................... 680 
PASSWORD FUNCTION ......................................... 1032 
Password modification ............................................... 1272


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Password modification (15/19-inch display unit) ....... 1339 
Paste ........................................................................... 1039 
Path Drawing .............................................................. 1495 
PATH GRAPHIC (TOOL POSITION) screen ........... 1506 
PATH GRAPHIC screen ............................................ 1500 
PATH NAME EXPANSION DISPLAY FUNCTION1462 
PATTERN DATA INPUT ........................................... 550 
PC TOOL FOR MEMORY CARD PROGRAM


key: chroma:document
string_value:
OPERATION/ EDITING ....................................... 1679 
PC TOOL FOR MEMORY CARD PROGRAM 
OPERATION/EDITING ........................................ 1679 
Periodic Maintenance Screen ..................................... 1401 
Periodic Maintenance Screen (15/19-inch Display Unit)
 ................................................................................ 1443 
PLANE SELECTION .................................................. 136


key: chroma:document
string_value:
PMC Axis Control ....................................................... 735 
POLAR COORDINATE INTERPOLATION (G12.1, 
G13.1) ........................................................................ 51 
POLYGON TURNING (G50.2, G51.2, G250, G251) . 592 
Position Display in the Relative Coordinate System .. 1101 
Position Display in the Workpiece Coordinate System1100 
POSITIONING (G00) .................................................... 40


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Power Consumption Monitoring Screen .................... 1411 
Power Consumption Monitoring Screen (15/19-inch 
Display Unit) .......................................................... 1453 
Power Disconnection ................................................... 682 
POWER ON/OFF ........................................................ 681 
Precision Level Selection ......................... 1277,1280,1346 
Precision Level Selection (15/19-inch Display Unit) . 1344


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Precision Specification for Macro Relational Operators438 
PREPARATORY FUNCTION (G FUNCTION) .......... 32 
Procedure for Reference Position Establishment ......... 732 
PROCESSING MACRO STATEMENTS ................... 472 
PROGRAM AND FOLDER COPY/MOVE 
FUNCTION ............................................................ 1068 
Program Attributes ....................................................... 231 
Program Check Screen ............................................... 1148


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Program Check Screen (15/19-inch Display Unit) ..... 1205 
PROGRAM CODE LIST ........................................... 1545 
PROGRAM COMPONENTS OTHER THAN 
PROGRAM SECTIONS .......................................... 237 
PROGRAM CONFIGURATION ........................... 24,236 
Program Contents Display ......................................... 1129 
Program Contents Display (15/19-inch Display Unit)1190 
Program Display .......................................................... 678


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Program Folder Screen ............................................... 1140 
Program Folder Screen (15/19-inch Display Unit) .... 1199 
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT ........................... 226,1052 
Program Management only in the Path Folder ........... 1076 
Program Management under the Path Folder ............. 1076 
Program Name ............................................................. 229 
PROGRAM RESTART ............................................... 768


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Program Screen for MDI Operation ........................... 1139 
Program Screen for MDI Operation (15/19-inch Display 
Unit) ....................................................................... 1198 
PROGRAM SEARCH ............................................... 1026 
PROGRAM SECTION CONFIGURATION ............... 239 
PROGRAM VERIFICATION ................................... 1079 
PROGRAMMABLE DATA INPUT (G10) ................. 542 
Programmable Data Input (G10) for Blank Figure


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Drawing Parameters ............................................... 1517 
PROGRAMMABLE MIRROR IMAGE (G50.1, G51.1)
 .................................................................................. 349 
PROGRAMMABLE PARAMETER INPUT (G10) .... 545 
PROGRAMS ................................................................ 229 
Prohibition of the absolute input by the soft key.......... 896 
Protection level setting ............................................... 1273


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Protection level setting (15/19-inch display unit) ...... 1340 
Protection of Data at Eight Levels ............................. 1271 
Protection of Data at Eight Levels (15/19-inch Display 
Unit) ....................................................................... 1338 
Protection of Tool Information with the KEY Signal .. 189


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64694EN/01 INDEX
i-7 
<Q> 
QUICK PROGRAM RESTART .................................. 788 
Quick Program Restart for a Machining Cycle ............ 809 
Quick Program Restart for Multi Path System ............. 817 
<R> 
RADIUS DIRECTION ERROR AT CIRCLE 
CUTTING .............................................................. 1565 
RANGE OF COMMAND VALUE ........................... 1557 
RAPID TRAVERSE ...................................................... 92


key: chroma:document
string_value:
RAPID TRAVERSE OVERRIDE ............................... 852 
READING AND WRITING VARIABLES FOR 
ANOTHER PATH ............................................. 414,514 
READING PARAMETERS ......................................... 426 
Real time macro variables (RTM variables) ................ 510 
REAL-TIME CUSTOM MACRO ............................... 497 
REFERENCE POSITION ............................................ 110 
Reference Position (Machine-specific Position) ............ 12


key: chroma:document
string_value:
REFERENCE POSITION RETURN .................... 110,733 
REGISTERING CUSTOM MACRO PROGRAMS .... 475 
Registering, Changing, and Deleting Tool Life 
Management Data ..................................................... 196 
Related Parameters ....................................................... 234 
RELATION WITH CONVENTIONAL FUNCTIONS232 
Relation with Folders ................................................... 232 
Relation with Program Names ..................................... 233


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Relationship with Other Functions ............................... 920 
Remaining Tool Number Check Function.................... 211 
RENAMING A FILE ................................................. 1064 
RENAMING A FOLDER .......................................... 1060 
Repetition (WHILE Statement) .................................... 436 
Repetition (ZWHILE Statement) ................................. 520 
Replacement ............................................................... 1037


key: chroma:document
string_value:
REPLACING A WORD OR ADDRESS ................... 1024 
Replacing batteries ..................................................... 1540 
Replacing Battery for Absolute Pulsecoders .............. 1539 
Replacing Battery for Control Unit ............................ 1536 
Replacing the batteries in a separate battery case ...... 1540 
Replacing the battery built into the servo amplifier ... 1541 
Repositioning ............................................................... 829


key: chroma:document
string_value:
RESTRICTIONS ................................................. 481,1520 
Restrictions of Tilted Working Plane Indexing ............ 332 
RETRACE ................................................................... 838 
Retract .......................................................................... 828 
Retract function ............................................................ 638 
RETRACTION FOR RIGID TAPPING / 
RETRACTION FOR 3-DIMENSIONAL RIGID


key: chroma:document
string_value:
TAPPING ................................................................. 847 
Return ........................................................................... 829 
Return from the Alarm Screen ..................................... 919 
Reversing Edit Operations (Undo Function) .............. 1038 
RIGID TAPPING BY MANUAL HANDLE ............... 715 
ROTARY AXIS ROLL-OVER .................................... 601 
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE .................................... 1533


key: chroma:document
string_value:
RULES OF CHARACTERS IN PROGRAM FILE ... 1689 
<S> 
SAFETY FUNCTIONS ............................................... 878 
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS .......................................... S-1 
Sample programs .......................................................... 632 
Saving ........................................................................ 1039 
SCALING (G50, G51) ................................................. 342 
SCHEDULE OPERATION ......................................... 750


key: chroma:document
string_value:
SCREEN ERASURE FUNCTION AND 
AUTOMATIC SCREEN ERASURE FUNCTION1465 
Screen for Assistance in Entering Tilted Working Plane 
Indexing.................................................................. 1172 
Screen for Assistance in Entering Tilted Working Plane 
Indexing (15/19-inch Display Unit) ...................... 1220 
SCREEN HARD COPY FUNCTION .......................... 996 
SCREENS DISPLAYED BY FUNCTION KEY ..............


key: chroma:document
string_value:
............................................ 1099,1128,1237,1370,1455 
Search......................................................................... 1037 
SECOND AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS (B CODES) ... 218 
SELECTING A DEFAULT FOLDER ....................... 1063 
SELECTING A DEVICE .......................................... 1053 
Selecting a From Cassette as a Device ....................... 1057 
SELECTING A MAIN PROGRAM .......................... 1066


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Selecting a Memory Card Program as a Device ......... 1053 
Selecting a USB Memory as a Device ....................... 1058 
Selecting a Workpiece Coordinate System .................. 124 
Selection of a Tool Life Count Period ......................... 190 
SELECTION OF TOOL USED FOR VARIOUS 
MACHINING - TOOL FUNCTION .......................... 22 
Sequence Number Comparison and Stop ................... 1240 
Sequence Number Comparison and Stop (15/19-inch


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Display Unit) .......................................................... 1306 
SEQUENCE NUMBER SEARCH ............................ 1027 
Servo Parameters........................................................ 1373 
Servo Parameters (15/19-inch Display Unit) ............. 1415 
Servo Tuning .............................................................. 1374 
Servo Tuning (15/19-inch Display Unit).................... 1416 
Setting a Workpiece Coordinate System ...................... 122


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Setting an M Code Group Number Using a Program ... 217 
Setting an M Code Group Number Using the Setting 
Screen ....................................................................... 215 
SETTING AND DISPLAY UNITS ............................. 682 
SETTING AND DISPLAYING DATA ..................... 1081 
Setting and Displaying Data When the Tool Offset for 
Milling and Turning Function Is Enabled ............. 1293 
Setting and Displaying Data When the Tool Offset for


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Milling and Turning Function Is Enabled (15/19-inch 
Display Unit) .......................................................... 1360 
Setting and Displaying Tool Management Data ........ 1251 
Setting and Displaying Tool Management Data 
(15/19-inch Display Unit) ...................................... 1319 
Setting of Spindle Position / Standby Position Display 185 
Setting Screen .............................................................. 903 
Setting the change protection level and output


key: chroma:document
string_value:
protection level of a program ................................ 1276 
Setting the change protection level and output 
protection level of a program (15/19-inch display 
unit) ........................................................................ 1343 
Setting the Character-codes.......................................... 562 
SETTINGS AT POWER-ON, IN THE CLEAR STATE, 
OR IN THE RESET STATE ................................. 1566


key: chroma:document
string_value:
INDEX B-64694EN/01 
i-8 
SIMPLE CALCULATION OF INCORRECT 
THREAD LENGTH ............................................... 1560 
Simple Call (G65) ........................................................ 446 
SIMULTANEOUS EDITING OF MULTIPATH 
PROGRAMS .......................................................... 1043 
SINGLE BLOCK ......................................................... 854 
SINGLE DIRECTION POSITIONING (G60) ............... 41


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Single-path Display .................................................... 1466 
SKIP FUNCTION (G31) ................................................ 83 
Skip Function for EGB Axis ........................................ 624 
SKIP FUNCTION FOR FLEXIBLE 
SYNCHRONIZATION CONTROL ........................ 640 
SKIP POSITION MACRO VARIABLE 
IMPROVEMENT ....................................................... 86 
Small MDI Unit (ONG Key) ........................................ 685 
SMOOTH TOLERANCE+


key: chroma:document
string_value:
SMOOTH TOLERANCE+
 CONTROL ......................... 74 
Smoothing level selection ................................. 1279,1345 
Soft Keys ...................................................................... 691 
Special Macro Call using M code ................................ 463 
Specification Method ................................................... 484 
Specification method (G80.5, G81.5)........................... 626 
SPECIFYING THE SPINDLE SPEED VALUE


key: chroma:document
string_value:
DIRECTLY (S5-DIGIT COMMAND) ................... 145 
SPECIFYING THE SPINDLE SPEED WITH A CODE
 .................................................................................. 145 
Speeding up of rigid tapping ........................................ 587 
SPINDLE CONTROL BETWEEN EACH PATH ....... 656 
Spindle Control with Servo Motor ............................... 162 
Spindle Electronic Gear Box ........................................ 613


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Spindle Indexing Function ........................................... 163 
Spindle Monitor ......................................................... 1377 
Spindle Monitor (15/19-inch Display Unit) ............... 1419 
Spindle Orientation ...................................................... 152 
Spindle Positioning ...................................................... 153 
SPINDLE POSITIONING FUNCTION ...................... 152


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Spindle Setting ........................................................... 1375 
Spindle Setting (15/19-inch Display Unit) ................. 1417 
SPINDLE SPEED FLUCTUATION DETECTION .... 156 
SPINDLE SPEED FUNCTION (S FUNCTION) ........ 145 
Spindle Tuning ........................................................... 1376 
Spindle Tuning (15/19-inch Display Unit) ................. 1418 
Split display on the program folder screen ........ 1141,1200


key: chroma:document
string_value:
SRAM data and User files .......................................... 1005 
Stamping the Machining Time ................................... 1164 
Stamping the Machining Time (15/19-inch Display 
Unit) ....................................................................... 1212 
Stand-alone type CNC (with personal computer 
function / Ethernet connection) .............................. 1003 
Stand-alone type CNC (with personal computer


key: chroma:document
string_value:
function / HSSB connection) .................................. 1002 
Stand-alone type CNC (without personal computer 
function) ................................................................. 1001 
Standard MDI Unit (ONG Key) ................................... 683 
Standard MDI Unit (QWERTY Key) ........................... 684 
Start check signal ......................................................... 899 
STORED STROKE CHECK ....................................... 879


key: chroma:document
string_value:
STORED STROKE LIMIT RANGE SWITCHING 
FUNCTION BY SIGNAL ........................................ 893 
STROKE LIMIT AREA CHANGING FUNCTION ... 892 
STROKE LIMIT CHECK BEFORE MOVE ............... 883 
SUBPROGRAM (M98, M99) ...................................... 245 
Subprogram Call Using a Specific Address ................. 468 
Subprogram Call Using an M Code ............................. 465 
Subprogram Call Using an M Code (Specification of


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Multiple Definitions) ................................................ 466 
Subprogram Calls Using a Secondary Auxiliary 
Function.................................................................... 467 
Subprogram Calls Using a T Code ............................... 466 
Subprogram Calls Using an S Code ............................. 467 
Suppress Motion of Quick Program Restart ................. 805 
SWITCHING BETWEEN MULTI-PATH DISPLAY 
AND SINGLE-PATH DISPLAY FUNCTION ...... 1458


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Synchronization ratio specification range .................... 635 
SYNCHRONOUS, COMPOSITE AND 
SUPERIMPOSED CONTROL BY PROGRAM 
COMMAND (G50.4, G51.4, G50.5, G51.5, G50.6, 
AND G51.6) ............................................................. 597 
SYNCHRONOUS/COMPOSITE/SUPERIMPOSED 
CONTROL ............................................................... 657 
System Configuration Screen ..................................... 1408 
System Configuration Screen (15/19-inch Display Unit)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
................................................................................ 1450 
SYSTEM VARIABLES ................................. 364,508,512 
<T> 
Table Horizontal Direction Handle Feed / Table 
Horizontal Direction JOG Feed / Table Horizontal 
Direction Incremental Feed ...................................... 728 
Table Vertical Direction Handle Feed / Table Vertical 
Direction JOG Feed / Table Vertical Direction


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Incremental Feed ...................................................... 727 
TANDEM CONTROL ................................................. 640 
TEST OPERATION .................................................... 850 
TESTING A PROGRAM............................................. 673 
Text data .................................................................... 1004 
Text display ................................................................ 1131


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Tilted working plane data setting screen ........... 1179,1227 
Tilted Working Plane Indexing .................................... 270 
Tilted working plane indexing based on Eulerian angle273 
Tilted working plane indexing based on projection 
angles ....................................................................... 288 
Tilted working plane indexing based on roll-pitch-yaw279 
Tilted working plane indexing based on three points ... 281


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Tilted working plane indexing based on two vectors ... 285 
Tilted working plane indexing by tool axis direction ... 291 
Tilted Working Plane Indexing during manual operation
 ................................................................................ 1189 
Tilted Working Plane Indexing in Tool Length 
Compensation ........................................................... 328 
Tool axis direction control ........................................... 305


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Tool Axis Direction Handle Feed / Tool Axis Direction 
JOG Feed / Tool Axis Direction Incremental Feed .. 719 
Tool Axis Right-Angle Direction Handle Feed / Tool 
Axis Right-Angle Direction JOG Feed / Tool Axis 
Right-Angle Direction Incremental Feed ................. 721


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64694EN/01 INDEX
i-9 
Tool center point retention type tool axis direction 
control ...................................................................... 322 
TOOL FUNCTION (T FUNCTION) ........................... 165 
Tool geometry data screen ......................................... 1265 
Tool geometry data screen (15/19-inch display unit) . 1332 
TOOL LENGTH COMPENSATION (G43, G44, G49)336 
Tool Life Count Restart M Code .................................. 209


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Tool Life Counting and Tool Selection ........................ 207 
TOOL LIFE MANAGEMENT .................................... 192 
Tool life management (group editing screen)............. 1285 
Tool life management (group editing screen) 
(15/19-inch display unit) ........................................ 1352 
Tool life management (list screen) ............................. 1281 
Tool life management (list screen) (15/19-inch display


key: chroma:document
string_value:
unit) ........................................................................ 1348 
Tool Life Management Commands in Machining 
Program .................................................................... 201 
Tool Life Management Data ........................................ 194 
TOOL MANAGEMENT EXTENSION FUNCTION . 181 
TOOL MANAGEMENT FUNCTION ........................ 166 
TOOL MANAGEMENT FUNCTION FOR 
OVERSIZE TOOLS ................................................. 191


key: chroma:document
string_value:
TOOL MOVEMENT ALONG WORKPIECE PARTS 
FIGURE-INTERPOLATION ....................................... 9 
TOOL MOVEMENT BY PROGRAMING - 
AUTOMATIC OPERATION ................................... 671 
TOOL MOVEMENT RANGE - STROKE .................... 26 
TOOL OFFSET FOR MILLING AND TURNING 
FUNCTION (G43.7) ................................................ 356 
Tool offset range setting screen ................................... 905 
TOOL PATH AT CORNER ...................................... 1562


key: chroma:document
string_value:
TOOL RETRACT AND RECOVER .................... 602,825 
Tool Retract and Recover for Threading ...................... 829 
TOOL SELECTION FUNCTION ............................... 165 
Tool Tip Center Rotation Handle Feed / Tool Tip Center 
Rotation JOG Feed / Tool Tip Center Rotation 
Incremental Feed ...................................................... 725 
TORQUE LIMIT SKIP .................................................. 88 
Total Life Time Display for Tools of The Same Type . 190


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Turning on the Power ................................................... 681 
Two-path Display and Three-path Display ................ 1468 
TYPES OF REAL TIME MACRO COMMANDS ...... 499 
<U> 
U-axis Control .............................................................. 639 
Unconditional Branch (GOTO Statement) / 
Unconditional Branch with label (LGOTO Statement)
 .................................................................................. 428


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Usable Characters in Program File ............................. 1689 
Usage Notes ............................................................... 1679 
USB FUNCTION ......................................................... 998 
<V> 
VARIABLE LEAD THREADING (G34)...................... 78 
VARIABLES ........................................................ 358,507 
Variables Dedicated to Real Time Custom Macros ..... 508 
VIRTUAL MDI KEY ................................................ 1526


key: chroma:document
string_value:
VIRTUAL MDI KEY FUNCTION ........................... 1526 
<W> 
WAITING FUNCTION BY SPECIFYING START 
POINT ...................................................................... 659 
WAITING FUNCTION FOR PATHS ......................... 650 
WAITING M CODES OF HIGH-SPEED TYPE ........ 654 
Warning display during a reset in program operation .. 902 
WARNING LIST ....................................................... 1664


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Warning message ....................................................... 1005 
Warning Messages ..................................................... 1519 
Withdrawal ................................................................... 828 
Word Search ............................................................... 1020 
WORKPIECE COORDINATE SYSTEM ................... 122 
Workpiece Coordinate System Preset ........................ 1106 
Workpiece Coordinate System Preset (15/19-inch


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Display Unit) .......................................................... 1119 
Workpiece Coordinate System Preset (G92.1) ............. 128 
Workpiece Coordinate System Shift ............................ 132 
Workpiece origin offset range setting screen ............... 908 
Workpiece shift range setting screen ........................... 912 
WRONG OPERATION PREVENTION FUNCTIONS893 
<Y> 
Y-axis tool offset range setting screen ......................... 910


key: chroma:document
string_value:
which are registered trademarks of respective owners. However, these names are not 
followed by ® or ™ in the main body.
Follow the law and the regulation of your country or local government when disposing of 
the control unit, the amplifier, the motor and the peripheral units.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
s-1
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
This section describes the safety precautions related to the use of CNC units. It is essential that these 
precautions be observed by users to ensure the safe operation of machines equipped with a CNC unit (all 
descriptions in this section assume this configuration).
CNC maintenance involves various dangers. CNC maintenance must be undertaken only by a qualified 
technician.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
technician.
Users must also observe the safety precautions related to the machine, as described in the relevant manual 
supplied by the machine tool builder.
Before checking the operation of the machine, take time to become familiar with the manuals provided by 
the machine tool builder and FANUC.
DEFINITION OF WARNING, CAUTION, AND NOTE
This manual includes safety precautions for protecting the user and preventing damage to the machine.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Precautions are classified into WARNING and CAUTION according to their bearing on safety. Also, 
supplementary information is described as a NOTE. Read the WARNING, CAUTION, and NOTE
thoroughly before attempting to use the machine.
WARNING
Used if a danger resulting in the death or serious injury of the user is expected to 
occur if he or she fails to observe the approved procedure.
CAUTION
Used if a danger resulting in the minor or moderate injury of the user or


key: chroma:document
string_value:
equipment damage is expected to occur if he or she fails to observe the 
approved procedure.
NOTE
Used if a supplementary explanation not related to any of WARNING and 
CAUTION is to be indicated.
* Read this manual carefully, and store it in a safe place.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS B-64695EN/01
s-2
WARNINGS RELATED TO CHECK OPERATION
WARNING
1 When checking the operation of the machine with the cover removed
(1) The user's clothing could become caught in the spindle or other components, 
thus presenting a danger of injury. When checking the operation, stand away 
from the machine to ensure that your clothing does not become tangled in the 
spindle or other components.
(2) When checking the operation, perform idle operation without workpiece.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
When a workpiece is mounted in the machine, a malfunction could cause the 
workpiece to be dropped or destroy the tool tip, possibly scattering fragments 
throughout the area. This presents a serious danger of injury. Therefore, 
stand in a safe location when checking the operation.
2 When checking the machine operation with the power magnetics cabinet door 
opened
(1) The power magnetics cabinet has a high-voltage section (carrying a


key: chroma:document
string_value:
mark). Never touch the high-voltage section. The high-voltage section 
presents a severe risk of electric shock. Before starting any check of the 
operation, confirm that the cover is mounted on the high-voltage section. 
When the high-voltage section itself must be checked, note that touching a 
terminal presents a severe danger of electric shock.
(2) Within the power magnetics cabinet, internal units present potentially 
injurious corners and projections. Be careful when working inside the power


key: chroma:document
string_value:
magnetics cabinet.
3 Never attempt to machine a workpiece without first checking the operation of the 
machine. Before starting a production run, ensure that the machine is operating 
correctly by performing a trial run using, for example, the single block, feedrate 
override, or machine lock function or by operating the machine with neither a tool 
nor workpiece mounted. Failure to confirm the correct operation of the machine


key: chroma:document
string_value:
may result in the machine behaving unexpectedly, possibly causing damage to 
the workpiece and/or machine itself, or injury to the user.
4 Before operating the machine, thoroughly check the entered data.
Operating the machine with incorrectly specified data may result in the machine 
behaving unexpectedly, possibly causing damage to the workpiece and/or
machine itself, or injury to the user.
5 Ensure that the specified feedrate is appropriate for the intended operation.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Generally, for each machine, there is a maximum allowable feedrate. The 
appropriate feedrate varies with the intended operation. Refer to the manual 
provided with the machine to determine the maximum allowable feedrate. If a 
machine is run at other than the correct speed, it may behave unexpectedly, 
possibly causing damage to the workpiece and/or machine itself, or injury to the 
user.
6 When using a tool compensation function, thoroughly check the direction and


key: chroma:document
string_value:
amount of compensation. Operating the machine with incorrectly specified data 
may result in the machine behaving unexpectedly, possibly causing damage to 
the workpiece and/or machine itself, or injury to the user.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
s-3
WARNINGS RELATED TO REPLACEMENT
WARNING
1 Before exchanging, be sure to shut off externally supplied power. Otherwise, 
electrical shocks, breakdown, and blowout may occur.
If a control unit is turned off but other units are not, it is likely that power may be 
supplied to servo units, resulting in the units being damaged and workers getting 
an electrical shock when the units are exchanged.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
2 In order to prevent damage that may be caused by static electricity, wear a 
grounding wrist strap or take a similar protective measure before starting to 
touch a printed-circuit board or unit or attach a cable.
Static electricity from human bodies can damage electrical circuits.
3 Voltage lingers in servo and spindle amplifiers for a while even after power has 
been turned off, resulting in workers possibly getting an electrical shock when


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the workers touch them. Before starting to exchange these amplifiers, wait for 20 
minutes after power has been turned off.
4 When replacing a unit, ensure that the new unit has the same parameters and 
settings as the old one. (For details, refer to the manual for the machine.) 
Otherwise, unpredictable machine movement could damage the workpiece or 
the machine itself or cause injury.
5 If you notice an apparent hardware fault, such as abnormal noise, abnormal


key: chroma:document
string_value:
odor, smoke, ignition, or abnormal heat, in the hardware while power is being 
supplied to it, shut it off at once. These faults can cause fire, breakdown, 
blowout, and malfunction.
6 The radiating fins of control units, servo amplifiers, spindle amplifiers, and other 
devices can remain very hot for a while after power has been turned off, making 
you get burned if you touch them. Before starting to work on them, wait and 
make sure they are cool.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
make sure they are cool.
7 When exchanging heavy stuff, you should do so together with two or more 
people.
If the replacement is attempted by only one person, the old or new unit could slip 
and fall, possibly causing injury.
8 Be careful not to damage cables. Otherwise, electrical shocks can occur.
9 When working, wear suitable clothes with safety taken into account. Otherwise, 
injury and electrical shocks can occur.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
10 Do not work with your hands wet. Otherwise, electrical shocks and damage to 
electrical circuits can occur.
WARNINGS RELATED TO PARAMETERS
WARNING
1 When machining a workpiece for the first time after modifying a parameter, close 
the machine cover. Never use the automatic operation function immediately after 
such a modification. Instead, confirm normal machine operation by using 
functions such as the single block function, feedrate override function, and


key: chroma:document
string_value:
machine lock function, or by operating the machine without mounting a tool and 
workpiece. If the machine is used before confirming that it operates normally, the 
machine may move unpredictably, possibly damaging the machine or workpiece, 
and presenting a risk of injury.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS B-64695EN/01
s-4
WARNING
2 The CNC and PMC parameters are set to their optimal values, so that those 
parameters usually need not be modified. When a parameter must be modified 
for some reason, ensure that you fully understand the function of that parameter 
before attempting to modify it. If a parameter is set incorrectly, the machine may 
move unpredictably, possibly damaging the machine or workpiece, and 
presenting a risk of injury.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
presenting a risk of injury.
WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, AND NOTES RELATED TO DAILY 
MAINTENANCE
WARNING
When using the controller unit, display unit, MDI unit, or machine operator's 
panel, prevent these units from directly exposing to chips or coolants. Even if 
direct exposure to coolants is prevented, coolants containing sulfur or chlorine at 
a high activation level, oil-free synthetic-type coolants, or water-soluble coolants


key: chroma:document
string_value:
with a material, such as resin, possibly leading to corrosion or deterioration.
WARNING
Battery replacement
Do not replace batteries unless you have been well informed of maintenance 
work and safety.
When opening the cabinet and replacing batteries, be careful not to touch any 
high-voltage circuit (marked with and covered with an electric shock 
prevention cover).
When the electric shock prevention cover has been removed, you will get an 
electric shock if you touch any high-voltage circuit.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
s-5
WARNING
Fuse replacement 
Before replacing a blown fuse, it is necessary to remove the cause of the blown 
fuse.
So, do not replace fuses unless you have been well informed of maintenance 
work and safety.
When opening the cabinet and replacing fuses, be careful not to touch any 
high-voltage circuit (marked with and covered with an electric shock 
prevention cover).
When the electric shock prevention cover has been removed, you will get an


key: chroma:document
string_value:
electric shock if you touch any high-voltage circuit.
CAUTION
Handle the batteries gently. Do not drop them or give a strong impact to them.
NOTE
Each control unit uses batteries, because it must hold data, such as programs, 
offset values, and parameters even when AC power for it is off.
Back up the data (programs, offset values, and parameters) regularly.
If the battery voltage becomes low, a low battery voltage alarm is displayed on 
the machine operator’s panel or screen.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Once the battery voltage alarm has been displayed, replace the batteries within 
one week. Otherwise, the memory contents may be lost. The time when the 
battery for the absolute pulse coder is to be replaced depends on the machine 
configuration including the detector type. For details, contact the machine tool 
builder.
For the battery replacement procedure, see Chapter 3 or 4. Recollect or discard 
old batteries in the way your local autonomous community specifies.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 PREFACE
p-1
PREFACE
The manual consists of the following chapters:
Description of this manual
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
This chapter covers those items, displayed on the screen, that are related to maintenance. A list of all 
supported operations is also provided at the end of this chapter.
2. CONTROL UNIT HARDWARE
This chapter describes the hardware configuration, printed circuit boards and their mounting 
positions, and LED display and installation of the control unit.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
3. REPLACING CONTROL UNIT MAINTENANCE PARTS
This chapter describes the replacement of maintenance parts of the control unit.
4. MAINTENANCE OF THE OTHER UNITS
This chapter describes the basics of maintenance of other units. 
5. INPUT AND OUTPUT OF DATA
This chapter describes the input/output of data, including programs, parameters, and tool 
compensation data, as well as the input/output procedures for conversational data.
6. INTERFACE BETWEEN CNC AND PMC


key: chroma:document
string_value:
This chapter describes the PMC specifications, the system configuration, and the signals used by the 
PMC.
7. EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION
This chapter describes the embedded Ethernet function.
8. DIGITAL SERVO
This chapter describes the servo tuning screen and how to adjust the reference position return 
position.
9. AC SPINDLE
This chapter describes the spindle tuning screen.
10. TROUBLESHOOTING
This chapter describes the procedures to be followed in the event of certain problems occurring, for


key: chroma:document
string_value:
example, if the power cannot be turned on or if manual operation cannot be performed. 
Countermeasures to be applied in the event of alarms being output are also described.
11. MOTOR/DETECTOR/AMPLIFIER PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
This chapter describes the basic information about the preventive maintenance of motors, detectors, 
and amplifiers.
APPENDIX
A. ALARM LIST
B. LIST OF UNITS, PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS, AND CONSUMABLES
C. BOOT SYSTEM
D. MEMRY CARD SLOT
E. LED DISPLAY


key: chroma:document
string_value:
E. LED DISPLAY
F MAINTENANCE OF PERSONAL COMPUTER FUNCTIONS (BOOT-UP AND IPL)
G IPL MONITOR
H MEMORY CLEAR
I USB FUNCTION MAINTENANCE
J MAINTENANCE OF STAND-ALONE TYPE UNIT
This manual does not provide a parameter list. If necessary, refer to the separate PARAMETER 
MANUAL.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
PREFACE B-64695EN/01
p-2
Applicable models
This manual can be used with the following models. The abbreviated names may be used.
Model name Abbreviation
FANUC Series 0i– TF Plus 0i–F Plus 0i–TF Plus Series 0i FANUC Series 0i– MF Plus 0i–MF Plus
NOTE
Some function described in this manual may not be applied to some products.
For details, refer to the DESCRIPTIONS manual (B-64692EN).
Related manuals of Series 0i- MODEL F Plus


key: chroma:document
string_value:
The following table lists the manuals related to Series 0i-F Plus. This manual is indicated by an asterisk
(*).
Manual name Specification
DESCRIPTIONS B-64692EN
CONNECTION MANUAL (HARDWARE) B-64693EN
CONNECTION MANUAL (FUNCTION) B-64693EN-1
OPERATOR’S MANUAL (Common to Lathe System/Machining Center System) B-64694EN
OPERATOR’S MANUAL (For Lathe System) B-64694EN-1
OPERATOR’S MANUAL (For Machining Center System) B-64694EN-2
MAINTENANCE MANUAL B-64695EN *
PARAMETER MANUAL B-64700EN
Programming


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Programming
Macro Executor PROGRAMMING MANUAL B-63943EN-2
Macro Compiler PROGRAMMING MANUAL B-66263EN
C Language Executor PROGRAMMING MANUAL B-63943EN-3
PMC
PMC PROGRAMMING MANUAL B-64513EN
Network
PROFIBUS-DP Board CONNECTION MANUAL B-63993EN
Industrial Ethernet CONNECTION MANUAL B-64013EN
Fast Ethernet / Fast Data Server OPERATOR’S MANUAL B-64014EN
DeviceNet Board CONNECTION MANUAL B-64043EN
FL-net Board CONNECTION MANUAL B-64163EN
CC-Link Board CONNECTION MANUAL B-64463EN


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Operation guidance function
MANUAL GUIDE i (Common to Lathe System/Machining Center System) OPERATOR’S 
MANUAL
B-63874EN
MANUAL GUIDE i (For Machining Center System) OPERATOR’S MANUAL B-63874EN-2
MANUAL GUIDE i (Set-up Guidance Functions) OPERATOR’S MANUAL B-63874EN-1
MANUAL GUIDE 0i OPERATOR’S MANUAL B-64434EN
Dual Check Safety
Dual Check Safety CONNECTION MANUAL B-64483EN-2


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 PREFACE
p-3 
Related manuals of SERVO MOTOR αis/αi/βis/βi series 
The following table lists the manuals related to SERVO MOTOR αis/αi/βis/βi series. 
Manual name Specification 
FANUC AC SERVO MOTOR αi-B/αi series DESCRIPTIONS B-65262EN 
FANUC AC SERVO MOTOR βi-B/βi series DESCRIPTIONS B-65302EN 
FANUC AC SPINDLE MOTOR αi-Bseries 
FANUC AC SPINDLE MOTOR βi-B series DESCRIPTIONS B-65452EN 
FANUC SERVO AMPLIFIER αi-B series DESCRIPTIONS B-65412EN


key: chroma:document
string_value:
FANUC SERVO AMPLIFIER βi-B series DESCRIPTIONS B-65422EN 
FANUC ACSERVO MOTOR αi-B/αi series 
FANUC AC SPINDLE MOTOR αi-B series 
FANUC SERVO AMPLIFIER αi-B series 
FANUC AC SERVO MOTOR βi-B/βi series 
FANUC AC SPINDLE MOTOR βi-B series 
FANUC SERVO AMPLIFIER βi-B series MAINTENANCE MANUAL 
B-65515EN 
FANUC SYNCHRONOUS BUILT-IN SERVO MOTOR DiS series DESCRIPTIONS B-65332EN 
FANUC SYNCHRONOUS BUILT-IN SERVO MOTOR DiS-B series DESCRIPTIONS B-65492EN


key: chroma:document
string_value:
FANUC LINEAR MOTOR LiS series DESCRIPTIONS B-65382EN 
FANUC BUILT-IN SPINDLE MOTOR BiI-B series DESCRIPTIONS B-65462EN 
FANUC SYNCHROUNOUS BUILT-IN SPINDLE MOTOR BiS series DESCRIPTIONS B-65342EN 
FANUC AC SERVO MOTOR αi-B/αi series 
FANUC AC SERVO MOTOR βi-B/βi series 
FANUC LINEAR MOTOR LiS-B/Lis series 
FANUC DD MOTOR DiS-B/DiS series 
PARAMETER MANUAL 
B-65270EN 
FANUC AC SPINDLE MOTOR αi series 
FANUC AC SPINDLE MOTOR βi series 
BUILT-IN SPINDLE MOTOR Bi series PARAMETER MANUAL


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-65280EN 
FANUC SERVO AMPLIFIER βi-B series I/O Link Option MAINTENANCE MANUAL B-65435EN 
FANUC SERVO GUIDE OPERATOR’S MANUAL B-65404EN 
FANUC AC SERVO MOTOR αis/αi/βis series 
SERVO TUNING PROCEDURE (BASIC) 
B-65264EN 
Related manuals of FANUC PANEL iH Pro 
The following table lists the manuals related to FANUC PANEL iH Pro. 
Manual name Specification 
FANUC PANEL i / iH Pro CONNECTION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL B-64683EN 
FANUC PANEL iH Pro CONNECTION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL B-64703EN


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Related manuals of FANUC I/O Unit 
The following table lists the manuals related to FANUC I/O Unit. 
Manual name Specification 
FANUC I/O Unit-MODEL A CONNECTION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL B-61813E 
FANUC I/O Unit-MODEL B CONNECTION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL B-62163E 
Handy Machine Operator’s Panel CONNECTION MANUAL B-63753EN 
Training 
• FANUC runs FANUC ACADEMY to train those who will be involved in the connection,


key: chroma:document
string_value:
maintenance, and operation of FANUC products. It is recommended to attend the class so you will 
be able to use the products effectively. 
 Visit the following web site for detailed descriptions of its curriculum. 
 https://www.fanuc.co.jp/


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 TABLE OF CONTENTS
c-1 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ............................................................................ s-1 
PREFACE ....................................................................................................p-1 
1 DISPLAY AND OPERATION .................................................................. 1 
1.1 FUNCTION KEYS AND SOFT KEYS ............................................................ 1


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1.1.1 Soft Key Structure .................................................................................................... 1
1.1.2 General Screen Operations ....................................................................................... 1 
1.1.3 Function Keys .......................................................................................................... 2


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1.1.4 Soft Keys .................................................................................................................. 3 
1.2 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION SCREEN ....................................................... 11 
1.2.1 Display Method ...................................................................................................... 11 
1.2.2 Hardware Configuration Screen ............................................................................. 11


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1.2.3 Software Configuration Screen .............................................................................. 12 
1.2.4 Outputting System Configuration Data .................................................................. 14 
1.3 DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION ............................................................................. 15 
1.3.1 Displaying Diagnosis Screen .................................................................................. 15


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1.3.2 Contents Displayed ................................................................................................. 15 
1.4 CNC STATE DISPLAY ................................................................................ 55 
1.5 OPERATING MONITOR .............................................................................. 58 
1.5.1 Display Method ...................................................................................................... 58


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1.5.2 Parameters .............................................................................................................. 59 
1.6 WAVEFORM DIAGNOSIS DISPLAY ........................................................... 59 
1.6.1 Waveform Diagnosis Graph Screen ....................................................................... 60 
1.6.2 Waveform Diagnosis Parameter Screen ................................................................. 61


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1.6.3 Tracing Data ........................................................................................................... 70 
1.6.4 Outputting Data ...................................................................................................... 71
1.7 COLOR SETTING SCREEN ........................................................................ 77 
1.7.1 Screen Display ........................................................................................................ 77


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1.7.2 Operations for Color Setting .................................................................................. 77 
1.7.3 Parameter ................................................................................................................ 78 
1.7.4 Notes ....................................................................................................................... 80 
1.8 POWER MATE CNC MANAGER FUNCTION ............................................. 80


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1.8.1 Screen Display ........................................................................................................ 81 
1.8.2 Inputting and Outputting Parameters ...................................................................... 86 
1.8.3 Parameters .............................................................................................................. 87


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1.8.4 Notes ....................................................................................................................... 89 
1.9 SERVO GUIDE MATE ................................................................................. 90 
1.9.1 Wave Display ......................................................................................................... 91
1.9.1.1 Y-time graph ...................................................................................................... 92


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1.9.1.2 XY graph ......................................................................................................... 110 
1.9.1.3 Circle graph ..................................................................................................... 121 
1.9.1.4 Fourier graph ................................................................................................... 132


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1.9.1.5 Bode graph ....................................................................................................... 137 
1.9.1.6 Parameters........................................................................................................ 147 
1.10 MAINTENANCE INFORMATION SCREEN ............................................... 148


key: chroma:document
string_value:
TABLE OF CONTENTS B-64695EN/01 
c-2 
1.10.1 Displaying the Maintenance Information Screen ................................................. 149 
1.10.2 Operating the Maintenance Information Screen ................................................... 150 
1.10.3 Half-Size Kana Input on the Maintenance Information Screen ............................ 151 
1.10.4 Warnings That Occurs on the Maintenance Information Screen .......................... 151


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1.10.5 Parameter .............................................................................................................. 152 
1.10.6 Overview of the History Function ........................................................................ 152 
1.10.6.1 Alarm history ................................................................................................... 153 
1.10.6.2 External operator message history ................................................................... 157


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1.10.6.3 Operation history ............................................................................................. 160 
1.10.6.4 Operation history signal selection .................................................................... 166 
1.10.6.5 Outputting all history data ............................................................................... 171 
1.11 FSSB CONNECT STATE SCREEN .......................................................... 174


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1.11.1 Display method ..................................................................................................... 174
1.11.2 FSSB Communication Error Diagnosis Display .................................................. 174 
1.11.2.1 Current Display ................................................................................................ 175 
1.11.2.2 Alarm Display .................................................................................................. 175


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1.11.2.3 System Alarm History Display ........................................................................ 176 
1.12 MAINTENANCE MONITOR ....................................................................... 177 
1.12.1 Fan Monitor Screen .............................................................................................. 177 
1.12.2 Leakage Detection Monitor Screen ...................................................................... 178


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1.13 SYSTEM ALARM HISTORY SCREEN ...................................................... 179 
1.13.1 System Alarm History List Screen ....................................................................... 180 
1.13.2 System Alarm History Detail Screen.................................................................... 181 
1.13.3 Outputting System Alarm History ........................................................................ 181


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1.13.4 Parameter .............................................................................................................. 182 
1.14 MACHINE STATE MONITORING FUNCTION .......................................... 182 
1.14.1 Overview .............................................................................................................. 182 
1.14.2 Machine state monitoring screen .......................................................................... 184


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1.14.2.1 Monitoring of PMC signals ............................................................................. 185 
1.14.2.2 With Multi-Sensor Unit ................................................................................... 186 
1.14.3 Machine state history screen ................................................................................ 189 
1.14.3.1 Machine State History List Screen .................................................................. 190


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1.14.3.2 Machine State History CNC Data Screen ........................................................ 197 
1.14.3.3 Machine State History Operation History Screen ............................................ 198 
1.14.3.4 Output CNC Information ................................................................................. 199 
1.15 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ............................................................................. 202


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1.15.1 Outline .................................................................................................................. 202 
1.15.2 Investigation Procedure of Cause of Alarm Occurrence ...................................... 206 
1.15.3 Trouble Diagnosis Guidance Screen .................................................................... 207 
1.15.4 Trouble Diagnosis Monitor Screen ...................................................................... 209


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1.15.5 Trouble Diagnosis Graphic Screen ....................................................................... 220 
1.15.6 Trouble Forecast Level Setting Screen ................................................................. 224 
1.15.7 Parameter .............................................................................................................. 227 
1.15.8 Signal .................................................................................................................... 228


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1.15.9 Restrictions ........................................................................................................... 228 
1.16 MACHINE ALARM DIAGNOSIS ................................................................ 229 
1.16.1 Outline .................................................................................................................. 229 
1.16.2 Additional alarm and operator message ............................................................... 230


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1.16.3 Diagnosis Number ................................................................................................ 230 
1.16.4 Environment for Making Trouble Diagnosis Message ......................................... 231 
1.16.5 Guidance Table for Machine Alarm Diagnosis .................................................... 231 
1.16.5.1 Install ............................................................................................................... 231


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1.16.5.2 Uninstall ........................................................................................................... 232 
1.16.5.3 Making a file to input trouble diagnosis messages .......................................... 232 
1.16.5.4 Structure of the file to input trouble diagnosis messages ................................ 233


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 TABLE OF CONTENTS
c-3 
1.16.6 Making Trouble Diagnosis Messages .................................................................. 235 
1.16.6.1 Input Guidance Data ........................................................................................ 236 
1.16.6.2 Checking input data ......................................................................................... 238


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1.16.6.3 Making a memory card format file .................................................................. 240 
1.16.6.4 Jump from CNC guidance table to MTB’s guidance table .............................. 241 
1.16.7 Making Messages for Multi-languages ................................................................ 241 
1.16.7.1 Making sheets for multi-languages .................................................................. 242


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1.16.7.2 Inputting data in the sheet for multi-languages................................................ 243 
1.16.8 Notice ................................................................................................................... 243 
1.16.9 Translating Data Used with the Former Series 
(Series 0i /0i Mate-B/C, Series 16i /18i /21i-B) ................................................... 243 
1.17 CONTENTS-OF-MEMORY DISPLAY SCREEN ........................................ 245


key: chroma:document
string_value:
2 CONTROL UNIT HARDWARE ........................................................... 247 
2.1 EXAMPLE OF HARDWARE CONFIGURATION ....................................... 247 
2.1.1 Example of the Hardware Configuration of the LCD-mounted Type Control 
Unit ....................................................................................................................... 247 
2.1.2 Example of the Hardware Configuration of the Stand-alone Type Control Unit . 248


key: chroma:document
string_value:
2.2 HARDWARE OVERVIEW.......................................................................... 249 
2.2.1 LCD-mounted Type Control Unit Overview ....................................................... 249 
2.2.2 Stand-alone Type Control Unit Overview ............................................................ 250 
2.3 TOTAL CONNECTION DIAGRAMS .......................................................... 251 
2.4 HARDWARE OF LCD-MOUNTED TYPE CONTROL UNIT ...................... 255


key: chroma:document
string_value:
2.5 HARDWARE OF STAND-ALONE TYPE CONTROL UNIT ....................... 269 
2.6 HARDWARE OF OPTIONAL BOARDS ..................................................... 273 
2.6.1 Fast Ethernet Board .............................................................................................. 273 
2.6.2 HSSB interface board ........................................................................................... 275


key: chroma:document
string_value:
2.6.3 PROFIBUS-DP Board .......................................................................................... 276 
2.6.4 DeviceNet Board .................................................................................................. 279 
2.6.5 CC-Link Board ..................................................................................................... 284 
2.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS OUTSIDE THE CABINET ............. 286


key: chroma:document
string_value:
2.7.1 Environmental Conditions outside the Cabinet .................................................... 286 
2.7.2 Installation Conditions of the Control Unit .......................................................... 286 
2.8 CAUTIONS RELATED TO GROUNDING AND NOISE ............................. 287 
2.8.1 Separating Cables ................................................................................................. 287


key: chroma:document
string_value:
2.8.2 Noise Suppressor .................................................................................................. 288 
2.8.3 Cable Clamp and Shield Processing ..................................................................... 290 
2.8.4 Lightning Surge Absorber .................................................................................... 292 
3 REPLACING CONTROL UNIT MAINTENANCE PARTS ................... 294


key: chroma:document
string_value:
3.1 CAUTIONS FOR REPLACEMENT ............................................................ 294 
3.1.1 Optional Information File ..................................................................................... 295 
3.1.2 Attaching and Detaching Units ............................................................................ 295 
3.1.3 Tightening Torque for Fastening Units and Ground Terminals ........................... 296


key: chroma:document
string_value:
3.1.4 Packing ................................................................................................................. 298 
3.2 REPLACING THE MAIN BOARD .............................................................. 300 
3.2.1 LCD-mounted Type Control Unit ........................................................................ 300 
3.2.2 Stand-alone Type Control Unit ............................................................................ 302


key: chroma:document
string_value:
3.3 REPLACING LCD UNITS .......................................................................... 303 
3.4 MOUNTING AND DEMOUNTING CARD PCBS ....................................... 305 
3.5 MOUNTING AND DEMOUNTING FROM/SRAM MODULE ...................... 308


key: chroma:document
string_value:
TABLE OF CONTENTS B-64695EN/01 
c-4 
3.6 ATTACHING A COMPACT FLASH CARD ONTO, AND DETACHING IT 
FROM A MAIN BOARD ............................................................................. 309 
3.7 INSERTING AND EXTRACTING OPTIONAL BOARDS ........................... 310 
3.8 REPLACING FUSES ................................................................................. 312 
3.8.1 LCD-mounted Type Control Unit ........................................................................ 312


key: chroma:document
string_value:
3.8.2 Stand-alone Type Control Unit ............................................................................ 313 
3.9 REPLACING THE MEMORY BACKUP BATTERY IN THE CONTROL 
UNIT .......................................................................................................... 314 
3.9.1 Replacing a Lithium Battery ................................................................................ 314


key: chroma:document
string_value:
3.9.2 Replacing a Commercial D-size Alkaline Dry Cells ............................................ 317 
3.10 REPLACING A FAN .................................................................................. 318 
3.10.1 LCD-mounted Type Control Unit ........................................................................ 318 
3.10.2 Stand-alone Type Control Unit ............................................................................ 319


key: chroma:document
string_value:
3.11 Replacing the keyboard cover ................................................................... 321 
3.12 REPLACING THE TOUCH PANEL PROTECTION SHEET ...................... 323 
3.13 TOUCH PANEL CALIBRATION ................................................................ 327 
4 MAINTENANCE OF THE OTHER UNITS ........................................... 330 
4.1 CAUTIONS COMMON TO THE OTHER UNITS ....................................... 330


key: chroma:document
string_value:
4.2 UNITS SUPPORTING I/O Link i ................................................................ 330
4.2.1 Items Common to Units Supporting I/O Link i .................................................... 330
4.2.2 I/O Module for Connector Panel [Supporting I/O Link i] .................................... 331 
4.2.3 I/O Module for Operator’s Panel (Supporting Matrix Input) 
[Supporting I/O Link i] ......................................................................................... 334


key: chroma:document
string_value:
4.2.4 Connection of I/O Module for Operator's Panel and I/O Module for Power 
Magnetics Cabinet [Supporting I/O Link i] .......................................................... 336 
4.2.5 I/O Module Type-2 for Connector Panel [Supporting I/O Link i] ....................... 337 
4.2.6 Terminal Type I/O Module [Supporting I/O Link i] ............................................ 339 
4.2.7 I/O Link Connection Unit [Supporting I/O Link i] .............................................. 345


key: chroma:document
string_value:
4.2.8 Machine Operator's Panel [Supporting I/O Link i] .............................................. 347 
4.2.9 Operator's Panel Connection Unit [Supporting I/O Link i] .................................. 350 
4.2.10 Safety IO unit [for I/O Link i only] ...................................................................... 352 
4.2.11 I/O module for operator's panel supporting safety function [for I/O Link i only] 353


key: chroma:document
string_value:
4.2.12 I/O Unit for Power Magnetics Cabinet [Supporting I/O Link i] .......................... 355 
4.3 SEPARATE DETECTOR INTERFACE UNIT ............................................ 356 
4.4 Analog Input Separate Detector Interface Unit .......................................... 358 
4.5 PANEL iH Pro ............................................................................................ 359 
4.6 REPLACING BATTERY FOR ABSOLUTE PULSECODERS .................... 360


key: chroma:document
string_value:
4.6.1 Overview .............................................................................................................. 360 
4.6.2 Replacing Batteries ............................................................................................... 360 
4.6.3 Replacing the Batteries in a Separate Battery Case .............................................. 361 
4.6.4 Replacing the Battery Built into the Servo Amplifier .......................................... 362


key: chroma:document
string_value:
5 INPUT AND OUTPUT OF DATA ......................................................... 363 
5.1 SETTING PARAMETERS FOR INPUT/OUTPUT ...................................... 363 
5.2 INPUTTING/ OUTPUTTING DATA ............................................................ 365 
5.2.1 Confirming the Parameters Required for Data Output ......................................... 365 
5.2.2 Outputting CNC Parameters ................................................................................. 367


key: chroma:document
string_value:
5.2.3 Outputting Pitch Error Compensation Amount .................................................... 367 
5.2.4 Outputting Custom Macro Variable Values ......................................................... 367 
5.2.5 Outputting Tool Compensation Amount .............................................................. 367


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 TABLE OF CONTENTS
c-5 
5.2.6 Outputting Part Program ...................................................................................... 367 
5.2.7 Inputting CNC Parameters ................................................................................... 368 
5.2.8 Inputting Pitch Error Compensation Amount ....................................................... 370 
5.2.9 Inputting Custom Macro Variable Values ............................................................ 370


key: chroma:document
string_value:
5.2.10 Inputting Tool Compensation Amount ................................................................. 370 
5.2.11 Inputting Part Programs ........................................................................................ 370 
5.3 AUTOMATIC DATA BACKUP ................................................................... 371 
5.4 Data Batch Backup and Restore ................................................................ 376


key: chroma:document
string_value:
5.4.1 Display IPL monitor and Menu for Batch backup and restore ............................. 376 
5.4.2 Data Batch backup ................................................................................................ 377 
5.4.3 Data Batch Restore ............................................................................................... 379 
5.4.4 Example of Output File ........................................................................................ 381


key: chroma:document
string_value:
5.4.5 Error Message ....................................................................................................... 382
6 INTERFACE BETWEEN CNC AND PMC ........................................... 383 
6.1 WHAT IS PMC? ......................................................................................... 383 
6.2 OPERATING THE PMC SCREEN ............................................................. 384


key: chroma:document
string_value:
6.2.1 Transition of the PMC Screens............................................................................. 386 
6.3 INTERFACE SIGNAL BETWEEN CNC AND PMC ................................... 387 
7 EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION ................................................ 389 
7.1 EMBEDDED ETHERNET PORT AND PCMCIA ETHERNET CARD ......... 389 
7.2 SETTING UP THE EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION ........................ 390


key: chroma:document
string_value:
7.2.1 Setting of the FOCAS2/Ethernet Function ........................................................... 390 
7.2.1.1 Operation on the FOCAS2/Ethernet setting screen ......................................... 391 
7.2.1.2 Example of setting the FOCAS2/Ethernet function ......................................... 393 
7.2.2 Setting of the FTP File Transfer Function ............................................................ 394


key: chroma:document
string_value:
7.2.2.1 Operation on the FTP file transfer setting screen ............................................ 394 
7.2.2.2 Related parameters ........................................................................................... 397 
7.2.2.3 Example of setting the FTP file transfer function ............................................ 398 
7.2.3 Setting Up the DNS/DHCP Function ................................................................... 399


key: chroma:document
string_value:
7.2.3.1 Setting up DNS ................................................................................................ 399 
7.2.3.2 Setting up DHCP ............................................................................................. 400 
7.2.3.3 Related parameters ........................................................................................... 402 
7.2.4 Setting of the CNC Screen Display Function ....................................................... 402


key: chroma:document
string_value:
7.2.4.1 Operation on the Setting screen ....................................................................... 403 
7.2.5 Setting of the Machine Remote Diagnosis package ............................................. 404 
7.2.5.1 Related parameters ........................................................................................... 404 
7.2.5.2 Operation on the Setting screen ....................................................................... 406


key: chroma:document
string_value:
7.2.5.3 Controlling Machine Remote Diagnosis function from PMC ......................... 410 
7.2.5.4 Operating Machine Remote Diagnosis screen ................................................. 413 
7.2.6 Setting of the Unsolicited Messaging Function .................................................... 417 
7.2.6.1 Overview ......................................................................................................... 417


key: chroma:document
string_value:
7.2.6.2 Setting of the FOCAS2/Ethernet function ....................................................... 418 
7.2.6.3 Mode selection ................................................................................................. 421 
7.2.6.4 Setting on the CNC screen ............................................................................... 423 
7.2.6.5 Setting on the personal computer..................................................................... 426


key: chroma:document
string_value:
7.2.6.6 Execution methods ........................................................................................... 426 
7.2.6.7 Related parameters ........................................................................................... 432 
7.2.7 Setting of the CNC Screen Web Server Function ................................................ 433 
7.2.7.1 Overview ......................................................................................................... 433


key: chroma:document
string_value:
7.2.7.2 Operation of the WEB SERVER screen .......................................................... 435 
7.2.7.3 Operation of the CNC screen Web server function ......................................... 436 
7.2.7.4 Related signals ................................................................................................. 440 
7.2.7.5 Related parameters ........................................................................................... 440


key: chroma:document
string_value:
TABLE OF CONTENTS B-64695EN/01 
c-6 
7.2.8 CNC STATUS NOTIFICATION FUNCTION ................................................... 441 
7.2.8.1 Overview ......................................................................................................... 441 
7.2.8.2 Contents of E-mail ........................................................................................... 442 
7.2.8.3 Cooperation with CNC screen Web server function ....................................... 445


key: chroma:document
string_value:
7.2.8.4 Setting of CNC Status Notification function ................................................... 445 
7.2.8.5 Related NC parameter ...................................................................................... 448 
7.2.9 Backing Up and Restoring Communication Parameters ...................................... 449 
7.3 SWITCHING BETWEEN THE EMBEDDED ETHERNET DEVICES ......... 451 
7.4 EMBEDDED ETHERNET OPERATIONS .................................................. 452


key: chroma:document
string_value:
7.4.1 FTP File Transfer Function .................................................................................. 452 
7.4.1.1 Displaying and operating the file list ............................................................... 454 
7.5 RESTART OF THE EMBEDDED ETHERNET .......................................... 456 
7.6 MAINTENANCE SCREEN FOR EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION ... 456 
7.7 LOG SCREEN OF THE EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION ................ 460


key: chroma:document
string_value:
8 DIGITAL SERVO ................................................................................. 466 
8.1 INITIAL SETTING SERVO PARAMETERS ............................................... 466 
8.2 FSSB SETTING SCREEN ......................................................................... 472 
8.3 SERVO TUNING SCREEN ........................................................................ 484


key: chroma:document
string_value:
8.3.1 Parameter Setting ................................................................................................. 484 
8.3.2 Displaying Servo Tuning Screen .......................................................................... 484 
8.4 ADJUSTING REFERENCE POSITION (DOG METHOD) ......................... 485 
8.5 DOGLESS REFERENCE POSITION SETTING ........................................ 488 
8.6 αi SERVO WARNING INTERFACE .......................................................... 489


key: chroma:document
string_value:
8.7 αi SERVO INFORMATION SCREEN ........................................................ 492 
9 AC SPINDLE ....................................................................................... 496 
9.1 SERIAL INTERFACE AC SPINDLE .......................................................... 497 
9.1.1 Outline of Spindle Control ................................................................................... 497 
9.1.1.1 Method A of gear change for machining center system


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(bit 2 (SGB) of Parameter No.3705 = 0) ......................................................... 498 
9.1.1.2 Method B of gear change for machining center system 
(bit 2 (SGB) of Parameter No.3705 = 1) ......................................................... 498 
9.1.1.3 Lathe system .................................................................................................... 498


key: chroma:document
string_value:
9.1.2 Spindle Setting and Tuning Screen ...................................................................... 499 
9.1.2.1 Display method ................................................................................................ 499 
9.1.2.2 Spindle setting screen ...................................................................................... 499 
9.1.2.3 Spindle tuning screen ....................................................................................... 501


key: chroma:document
string_value:
9.1.2.4 Spindle monitor screen .................................................................................... 502 
9.1.2.5 Correspondence between operation mode and parameters on spindle tuning 
screen ............................................................................................................... 504 
9.1.3 Automatic Setting of Standard Parameters ........................................................... 506


key: chroma:document
string_value:
9.1.4 Warning Interface ................................................................................................. 507 
9.1.5 Spindle Information Screen .................................................................................. 508 
10 TROUBLESHOOTING ........................................................................ 513 
10.1 CORRECTIVE ACTION FOR FAILURES .................................................. 513


key: chroma:document
string_value:
10.1.1 Investigating the Conditions under which Failure Occurred ................................ 513 
10.2 NO MANUAL OPERATION NOR AUTOMATIC OPERATION CAN BE 
EXECUTED ............................................................................................... 515 
10.3 JOG OPERATION CANNOT BE DONE .................................................... 518 
10.4 HANDLE OPERATION CANNOT BE DONE ............................................. 521


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 TABLE OF CONTENTS
c-7 
10.6 CYCLE START LED SIGNAL HAS TURNED OFF .................................... 531 
10.7 NOTHING IS DISPLAYED ON THE LCD WHEN THE POWER IS 
TURNED ON ............................................................................................. 532 
10.8 INPUT FROM AND OUTPUT TO I/O DEVICES CANNOT BE 
PERFORMED, INPUT/OUTPUT CANNOT BE PERFORMED 
PROPERLY ............................................................................................... 533


key: chroma:document
string_value:
10.9 IN A CONNECTOR PANEL I/O UNIT, DATA IS INPUT TO AN 
UNEXPECTED ADDRESS ........................................................................ 535 
10.10 IN A CONNECTOR PANEL I/O UNIT, NO DATA IS OUTPUT TO AN 
EXPANSION UNIT .................................................................................... 536 
10.11 ALARM SR0085 TO SR0087 
(RS-232C INTERFACE ALARM) ............................................................... 537


key: chroma:document
string_value:
10.12 ALARM PS0090 (REFERENCE POSITION RETURN IS ABNORMAL) .... 541 
10.13 ALARM DS0300 (REQUEST FOR REFERENCE POSITION RETURN) .. 543 
10.14 ALARM SV0401 (V READY OFF) ............................................................. 544 
10.15 ALARM SV0404 (V READY ON) ............................................................... 545 
10.16 ALARM SV0462 (SEND CNC DATA FAILED) 
ALARM SV0463 (SEND SLAVE DATA FAILED) ....................................... 546


key: chroma:document
string_value:
10.17 ALARM SV0417 (DIGITAL SERVO SYSTEM IS ABNORMAL) ................. 546 
10.18 ALARM OH0700 (OVERHEAT: CONTROL UNIT) .................................... 547 
10.19 ALARM OH0701 (OVERHEAT: FAN MOTOR) .......................................... 547 
10.20 ALARM SV5134 (FSSB: OPEN READY TIME OUT) 
ALARM SV5137 (FSSB: CONFIGURATION ERROR) 
ALARM SV5197 (FSSB: OPEN TIME OUT) .............................................. 547


key: chroma:document
string_value:
10.21 ALARM SV5136 (FSSB: NUMBER OF AMPS IS SMALL) ........................ 548 
10.22 SERVO ALARMS ...................................................................................... 548 
10.23 SPINDLE ALARMS .................................................................................... 548 
10.24 SYSTEM ALARMS .................................................................................... 549


key: chroma:document
string_value:
10.24.1 Overview .............................................................................................................. 549 
10.24.2 Operations on the System Alarm Screen .............................................................. 550 
10.24.3 System Alarms Detected by Hardware ................................................................. 553 
10.24.4 System Alarms 114 to 160 (Alarms on the FSSB) ............................................... 555


key: chroma:document
string_value:
10.25 SYSTEM ALARMS RELATED TO THE PMC AND I/O Link ...................... 557 
10.25.1.1 System alarms 197, 199 (PMC general) .......................................................... 558 
10.25.1.2 System alarm 196 (PMC watchdog) ................................................................ 560 
10.25.1.3 System alarm 195 (related to the I/O Link) ..................................................... 561


key: chroma:document
string_value:
10.25.1.4 System alarm 194 (related to the I/O Link i) ................................................... 562 
10.26 LEDS ON UNITS SUPPORTING I/O LINK i .............................................. 566
10.26.1 Meanings of LEDs on units supporting I/O Link i ............................................... 566
10.26.2 Unit’s LED on I/O Link i ..................................................................................... 568 
11 MOTOR/DETECTOR/AMPLIFIER PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ... 572


key: chroma:document
string_value:
11.1 LIST OF MANUALS RELATED TO MOTORS AND AMPLIFIERS ............ 572 
11.2 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE OF MOTORS AND DETECTORS ........... 573 
11.2.1 Warnings, Cautions, and Notes on Preventive Maintenance of Motors and 
Detectors ............................................................................................................... 573 
11.2.2 Preventive Maintenance of a Motor (Common to All Models) ............................ 575


key: chroma:document
string_value:
11.2.2.1 Main inspection items ...................................................................................... 575 
11.2.2.2 Periodic cleaning of a motor ............................................................................ 577


key: chroma:document
string_value:
TABLE OF CONTENTS B-64695EN/01 
c-8 
11.2.2.3 Notes on motor cleaning .................................................................................. 578 
11.2.2.4 Notes on the cutting fluid (informational) ....................................................... 578 
11.2.3 Preventive Maintenance of a Linear Motor .......................................................... 578 
11.2.3.1 Appearance inspection of the linear motor (magnet plate) .............................. 579


key: chroma:document
string_value:
11.2.4 Maintenance of a Detector .................................................................................... 579 
11.2.4.1 Alarms for built-in detectors (αi and βi Pulsecoders) and troubleshooting 
actions .............................................................................................................. 579 
11.2.4.2 Alarms for separate detectors and troubleshooting actions ............................. 580


key: chroma:document
string_value:
11.2.4.3 Detailed troubleshooting methods ................................................................... 581 
11.2.4.4 Maintenance of the Pulsecoder of βiS-B/βiS servo motors (40 and 60) .. 582 
11.3 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE OF SERVO AMPLIFIERS ....................... 583 
11.3.1 Warnings, Cautions, and Notes on Preventive Maintenance of Servo Amplifiers583 
11.3.2 Preventive Maintenance of a Servo Amplifier ..................................................... 586


key: chroma:document
string_value:
11.3.3 Maintenance of a Servo Amplifier ....................................................................... 587 
11.3.3.1 Display of the servo amplifier operation status ............................................... 587 
11.3.3.2 Replacement of a fan motor ............................................................................. 593 
11.3.3.3 Replacement of fuses on printed-circuit boards............................................... 612 
APPENDIX


key: chroma:document
string_value:
APPENDIX 
A ALARM LIST ....................................................................................... 623 
A.1 ALARM LIST (CNC) ................................................................................... 623 
A.2 ALARM LIST (PMC) .................................................................................. 689 
A.2.1 Messages That May Be Displayed on the PMC Alarm Screen ............................ 689


key: chroma:document
string_value:
A.2.2 PMC System Alarm Messages ............................................................................. 698 
A.3 ALARM LIST (SERIAL SPINDLE) ............................................................. 705 
A.4 ERROR CODES (SERIAL SPINDLE) ........................................................ 717 
A.5 SYSTEM ALARM LIST .............................................................................. 721 
B LISTS OF UNITS, PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS, AND


key: chroma:document
string_value:
CONSUMABLES ................................................................................. 732 
B.1 UNITS AND PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS FOR LCD-MOUNTED TYPE 
CONTROL UNIT ........................................................................................ 732 
B.2 UNITS AND PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS FOR STAND-ALONTE TYPE 
CONTROL UNIT ........................................................................................ 733 
B.3 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS COMMON TO LCD-MOUNTED AND


key: chroma:document
string_value:
STAND-ALONE TYPE CONTROL UNITS ................................................. 733 
B.4 MDI UNIT ................................................................................................... 733 
B.5 OTHER UNITS .......................................................................................... 734 
B.6 CONSUMABLES ....................................................................................... 736


key: chroma:document
string_value:
C BOOT SYSTEM ................................................................................... 738 
C.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................................... 738 
C.1.1 Displaying the Power ON Sequence .................................................................... 739 
C.1.2 Starting the Boot System ...................................................................................... 740


key: chroma:document
string_value:
C.1.3 System Files and User Files ................................................................................. 740 
C.2 SCREEN CONFIGURATION AND OPERATING PROCEDURE .............. 741 
C.2.1 USER DATA LOADING/SYSTEM DATA LOADING Screen ......................... 742 
C.2.2 SYSTEM DATA CHECK Screen ........................................................................ 743 
C.2.3 SYSTEM DATA DELETE Screen ...................................................................... 745


key: chroma:document
string_value:
C.2.4 SYSTEM DATA SAVE Screen ........................................................................... 747 
C.2.5 SRAM DATA UTILITY Screen .......................................................................... 749


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 TABLE OF CONTENTS
c-9 
C.2.6 MEMORY CARD FORMAT Screen................................................................... 751 
C.2.7 LOAD BASIC SYSTEM ..................................................................................... 752 
C.3 ERROR MESSAGES AND REQUIRED ACTIONS ................................... 752 
D MEMORY CARD SLOT ....................................................................... 754


key: chroma:document
string_value:
D.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................................... 754 
D.2 MEMORY CARD TYPES (FUNCTIONS) .................................................. 754 
D.3 HARDWARE CONFIGURATION ............................................................... 756 
E LED DISPLAY ..................................................................................... 757


key: chroma:document
string_value:
E.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................................... 757 
E.2 7-SEGMENT LED INDICATIONS (TURNED ON) ..................................... 757 
E.3 7-SEGMENT LED INDICATIONS (BLINKING) .......................................... 759 
F MAINTENANCE OF PERSONAL COMPUTER FUNCTIONS 
(BOOT-UP AND IPL) .......................................................................... 760


key: chroma:document
string_value:
F.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................................... 760 
F.2 CHANGING START SEQUENCES ........................................................... 761 
F.3 EXPLANATION OF SCREENS ................................................................. 762 
F.3.1 BOOT Screen ....................................................................................................... 762


key: chroma:document
string_value:
F.3.1.1 User data manipulation .................................................................................... 763 
F.3.1.2 SRAM operation .............................................................................................. 763 
F.3.1.3 File operation ................................................................................................... 764 
F.3.2 IPL Screen ............................................................................................................ 765


key: chroma:document
string_value:
F.4 OTHER SCREENS .................................................................................... 766 
F.4.1 CNC Alarm Screen ............................................................................................... 766 
F.4.2 Status Screen ........................................................................................................ 766 
F.4.3 Option Setting Screen ........................................................................................... 767


key: chroma:document
string_value:
G IPL MONITOR ..................................................................................... 769 
G.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................................... 769 
G.2 STARTING OF THE IPL MONITOR .......................................................... 769 
G.3 IPL MENU .................................................................................................. 770


key: chroma:document
string_value:
H MEMORY CLEAR ............................................................................... 772 
H.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................................... 772 
H.2 OPERATION METHOD ............................................................................. 772 
H.3 DATA TYPES TO BE CLEARED ............................................................... 773 
I USB FUNCTION MAINTENANCE ...................................................... 775


key: chroma:document
string_value:
I.1 USB FUNCTION MAINTENANCE SCREEN ............................................. 775 
I.2 USB FUNCTION LOG SCREEN ............................................................... 777 
J MAINTENANCE OF STAND-ALONE TYPE UNIT .............................. 781 
J.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................................... 781 
J.2 OPERATION.............................................................................................. 782


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 1 - 
1 DISPLAY AND OPERATION 
This chapter describes how to display various screens by the function keys. 
The screens used for maintenance are respectively displayed. 
1.1 FUNCTION KEYS AND SOFT KEYS 
Operations and soft key display status for each function key are described below: 
1.1.1 Soft Key Structure 
The function keys are used to select the type of screen (function) to be displayed. When a soft key


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(section select soft key) is pressed immediately after a function key, the screen (section) corresponding to 
the selected function can be selected. 
1.1.2 General Screen Operations 
 - Procedure 
1 By pressing a function key on the MDI panel, the chapter selection soft keys that belong to the 
function are displayed. 
Example 1) 
Operation selection key 
Chapter selection soft keys Continuous menu key


key: chroma:document
string_value:
2 When one of the chapter selection soft keys is pressed, the screen of the chapter is displayed. If the 
soft key of a desired chapter is not displayed, press the continuous menu key. 
 In a chapter, a further choice may be made from multiple chapters. 
3 When the screen of a desired chapter is displayed, press the operation selection key to display 
operations to be performed. 
4 Select a desired operation with the operation selection soft key.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Depending on the operation to be executed, an auxiliary menu of soft keys is displayed. Perform an 
operation according to the indications on the auxiliary menu. 
Example 2) 
Return menu key Operation selection soft keys


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 2 - 
Example 3) 
Auxiliary menu 
5 To return to the display of chapter selection soft keys, press the return menu key. 
A general screen display procedure is provided above. The actual display procedure varies from one 
screen to another. 
For details, see each description of operation. 
 - Button design change depending on soft key state 
The soft keys assume one of the following states, depending on the selection target: 
• Chapter selection soft keys


key: chroma:document
string_value:
• Chapter selection soft keys 
• Operation selection soft keys 
• Auxiliary menu of operation selection soft keys 
Depending on the state, the button images of the soft keys change. 
From the button images, which state the soft keys are assuming can be known. 
Example) 
• Chapter selection soft keys 
• Operation selection soft keys 
• Auxiliary menu of operation selection soft keys 
1.1.3 Function Keys


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1.1.3 Function Keys 
Function keys are provided to select the type of screen to be displayed. The following function keys are 
provided on the MDI panel: 
Press this key to display the position screen. 
 
Press this key to display the program screen. 
 
Press this key to display the offset/setting screen.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 3 -
Press this key to display the system screen.
 
Press this key to display the message screen.
 
Press this key to display the graphics screen.
 
Press this key to display the custom screen 1 (conversational macro screen or C Language Executor 
screen).
 
Press this key to display the custom screen 2 (conversational macro screen or C Language Executor 
screen).
 
1.1.4 Soft Keys


key: chroma:document
string_value:
screen).
 
1.1.4 Soft Keys
By pressing a soft key after a function key, the corresponding screen of the function can be displayed.
The chapter selection soft keys of each function are described below.
The horizontal four keys on the right-hand side are assigned to chapter selection soft keys. When multiple 
pages are used for chapter selection soft keys, [+] is displayed on the continuous menu key (rightmost soft 
key). Press the continuous menu key to switch between chapter selection soft keys.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
NOTE
1 Press function keys to switch between screens that are used frequently.
2 Some soft keys are not displayed depending on the option configuration.
If position indications are provided on the left half of the screen when a key other than the function key 
is pressed, the left half of the soft keys is displayed as follows at all times:
Position display screen
The chapter selection soft keys that belong to the function key and the function of each screen are 
described below.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 4 -
ABS REL ALL HNDL (OPRT) Page 1 +
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
MONI 3-D
MANUAL
(OPRT) Page 2 +
(6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
Table 1.1.4 (a) Position display screen
No. Chapter menu Description
(1) ABS Selects the absolute coordinate display screen.
(2) REL Selects the relative coordinate display screen.
(3) ALL Selects the overall coordinate display screen.
(4) HNDL Selects the operation screen for manual handle operation.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(6) MONI Selects the screen for displaying the servo axis load meter, serial spindle 
load meter, and speedometer.
(7) 3-D
MANUAL
Displays a handle pulse interrupt amount in three-dimensional manual feed.
Program screen
The chapter selection soft keys that belong to the function key and the function of each screen are 
described below.
PROGRA
M
FOLDER NEXT CHECK (OPRT) Page 1 +
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
TIME JOG RSTR ROBOT
SELECT
(OPRT) Page 2 +
(6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
Table 1.1.4 (b) Program


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Table 1.1.4 (b) Program
No. Chapter menu Description
(1) PROGRAM Selects the screen for displaying and modifying a content of part programs 
currently registered.
(2) FOLDER Selects the screen for displaying a list of part programs currently registered.
(3) NEXT Selects the screen for displaying the command values of the block currently 
executed and the next block to be executed among the command values.
(4) CHECK Selects the screen for displaying programs, position data, modal information,


key: chroma:document
string_value:
and so forth simultaneously.
(6) TIME Selects the screen for displaying executed program operation time.
(7) JOG Selects the screen for executing, in the JOG mode, data specified in the 
program format from the MDI.
(8) RSTR Selects the operation screen for restarting an interrupted program operation.
(9) ROBOT SELECT Selects the screen for registering robot programs and part programs for the 
Robot connection function.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 5 -
Offset/setting screen
The chapter selection soft keys that belong to the function key and the function of each screen are 
described below.
OFFSET SETTING WORK (OPRT) Page 1 +
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
MACRO OPR TOOL 
MANAGER
(OPRT) Page 2 +
(6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
OFST.2 W.SHFT GEOM.2 (OPRT) Page 3 +
(11) (12) (13) (14) (15)
PR-LV EXTEND 
OFFSET
CHOPP
ING (OPRT) Page 4 +
CHUCK 
TAIL
LANG. PROTECT GUARD (OPRT) Page 5 +
(16) (17) (18) (19) (20)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(16) (17) (18) (19) (20)
(21) (22) (23) (24) (25)
TOOL 
LIFE (OPRT) Page 6 ＋
(26) (27) (28) (29) (30)
MACHIN
LEVEL
QUALTY
SELECT
or
or
Table 1.1.4 (c) Offset
No. Chapter menu Description
(1) OFFSET Selects the screen for setting tool offset values.
(2) SETTING Selects the screen for setting the setting parameters.
(3) WORK Selects the screen for setting a workpiece coordinate system offset.
(6) MACRO Selects the screen for setting macro variables.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(8) OPR Selects the screen for operating some operation switches on the machine 
operator's panel as soft switches.
(9) TOOL MANAGER Selects the screen for setting data related to tool management.
(11) OFST.2 Selects the screen for setting a Y-axis offset.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 6 -
No. Chapter menu Description
(12) W.SHFT Selects the screen for setting a workpiece coordinate system shift value.
(13) GEOM.2 Selects the screen for setting a second geometry offset.
(17)
PR-LV Selects the screen for setting a precision level.
MACHIN LEVEL Selects the screen for setting a precision level or smoothing level.
QUALTY SELECT
(18) EXTEND OFFSET Selects the screen for setting the offsets of the fourth and fifth axes.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(21) CHUCK TAIL Selects the chuck tail stock barrier screen.
(22) LANG. Selects the screen for setting a display language.
(23) PROTECT Selects the screen for setting data protection.
(24) GUARD Selects the screen for setting wrong operation prevention.
(29) TOOL LIFE Selects the screen for operations and setting related to tool life management.
System screen
The chapter selection soft keys that belong to the function key and the function of each screen are 
described below.
PARAM DGNOS SERVO


key: chroma:document
string_value:
PARAM DGNOS SERVO 
GUIDEM
SYSTEM (OPRT) Page 1 +
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
MEMORY PITCH SERVO
PARAM
SP.SET (OPRT) Page 2 +
(6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
PMC
MAINTE
PMC
LADDER
PMC
CONFIG (OPRT) Page 3 +
(11) (12) (13) (14) (15)
MCNG
TUNING
ALL IO ALL IO OPEHIS (OPRT) Page 4 +
(16) (17) (18) (19) (20)
COLOR MAINTE M-INFO W. DGNS (OPRT) Page 5 +
(21) (22) (23) (24) (25)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 7 -
REMOTE
DIAG
M CODE (OPRT) Page 8 ＋
(36) (37) (38) (39) (40)
PROFI 
SLAVE
DEVNET
MASTER
FL-net
1CH
DEVNET
SLAVE (OPRT) Page 9 ＋
(41) (42) (43) (44) (45)
DUAL 
CHECK
R.TIME
MACRO (OPRT) Page 10 ＋
(46) (47) (48) (49) (50)
TOUCH 
PANEL
FSSB PRMTUN P.MATE
MGR. (OPRT) Page 6 +
(26) (27) (28) (29) (30)
EMBED 
PORT
PCMCIA
LAN
ETHER
NET
PROFI 
MASTER (OPRT) Page 7 +
(31) (32) (33) (34) (35)
ID-INF (OPRT) Page 11 ＋


key: chroma:document
string_value:
ID-INF (OPRT) Page 11 ＋
(51) (52) (53) (54) (55)
CCLink
REMOTE
ROBOT
STATUS
ROBOT
CON (OPRT) Page 12 ＋
(56) (57) (58) (59) (60)
USB (OPRT) Page 13 ＋
(61) (62) (63) (64) (65)
PRFNET
DEVICE (OPRT) Page 14 ＋
(66) (67) (68) (69) (70)
Ether
Net/IP
PRFNET
CNTRLR (OPRT) Page 15 ＋
(71) (72) (73) (74) (75)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 8 -
Table 1.1.4 (d) System
No. Chapter menu Description
(1) PARAM Selects the screen for setting parameters.
(2) DGNOS Selects the screen for displaying CNC state.
(3) SERVO GUIDEM Selects the screen for displaying the servo guide mate.
(4) SYSTEM Selects the screen for displaying the current system status.
(6) MEMORY Selects the screen for displaying the contents of memory.
(7) PITCH Selects the screen for setting pith error compensation.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(8) SERVO PARAM Selects the screen for setting the servo-related parameters.
(9) SP.SET Selects the screen for spindle-related setting.
(11) PMC MAINTE Selects the screen related to PMC maintenance such as PMC signal state 
monitoring and tracing, and PMC parameter display/editing.
(12) PMC LADDER Selects the screen related to ladder display/editing.
(13) PMC CONFIG Displays the screen for displaying/editing data other than ladders that makes 
up a sequence program and for setting the PMC function.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(16) MCNG TUNING Displays the screen for setting the parameter set for emphasis on speed 
(LV1), emphasis on precision (LV10), or smoothing level (LV1 or LV10).
(17) ALL IO Selects the screen for data input and output.
(18) ALL IO Selects the screen for data input to and output from the memory card.
(19) OPEHIS Selects the screen for displaying the history of operations performed by the 
operator and issued alarms.
(21) COLOR Selects the screen for setting colors to be used on the screen.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(22) MAINTE Selects the screen for setting maintenance items to be managed periodically.
(23) M-INFO Selects the screen for displaying information about maintenance performed. 
(24) W.DGNS Selects the screen for displaying data such as servo positional deviation 
values, torque values, machine signals, and so forth as graphs.
(26) TOUCH PANEL Selects the screen for setting a touch panel.
(27) FSSB Selects the screen for making settings related to the high-speed serial servo


key: chroma:document
string_value:
bus (FSSB: Fanuc Serial Servo Bus).
(28) PRMTUN Selects the screen for setting parameters necessary for start-up and tuning.
(29) POWER MATE
MANAGER
Selects the screen for making settings related to the FANUC Servo amplifier 
βi series I/O Link Option.
(31) EMBED PORT Selects the screen for making settings related to the embedded Ethernet 
(embedded port). 
(32) PCMCIA LAN Selects the screen for making settings related to the embedded Ethernet 
(PCMCIA Ethernet card).


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(PCMCIA Ethernet card).
(33) ETHERNET Selects the screen for making settings related to the fast Ethernet/fast data 
server.
(34) PROFI MASTER Selects the screen for making settings related to the profibus master function.
(36) REMOTE DIAG Selects the screen for making settings related to the Machine Remote 
Diagnosis
(37) M CODE Selects the screen for setting an M code group.
(41) PROFI SLAVE Selects the screen for making settings related to the profi-bus slave function.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(42) DEVNET MASTER Selects the screen for making settings related to the DeviceNet master 
function.
(43) FL-net 1CH Selects the screen fot making settings related to the FL-net (port 1) function.
(44) DEVNET SLAVE Selects the screen for making settings related to the Devicenet slave 
function.
(46) DUAL CHECK Selects the screen for making settings related to the dual check safety 
function.
(47) R.TIME MACRO Selects the screen for making settings related to the real-time custom macro 
function.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
function.
(51) ID-INF Selects the screen for displaying CNC ID information
(56) CCLink REMOTE Selects the screen for makings settings related to the CC-Link remote device 
function.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 9 -
No. Chapter menu Description
(57) ROBOT STATUS Selects the robot status screen for the Robot connection function.
(58) ROBOT CON Selects the screen for making settings related to the Robot Connection 
function.
(61) USB Selects the USB Maintenance screen.
(69) PRFNET DEVICE Selects the screen for making settings related to the PROFINET IO Device 
function.
(72) EtherNet/IP
Selects the screen for making settings related to the EtherNet/IP function if


key: chroma:document
string_value:
operating the EtherNet/IP function on a Fast Ethernet board different from 
that of the Ethernet function.
(73) PRFNET CNTRLR Selects the screen for making settings related to the PROFINET IO 
Controller function.
Message screen
The chapter selection soft keys that belong to the function key and the function of each screen are 
described below.
ALARM MSG HISTRY MSGHIS (OPRT) Page 1 +
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
EMBED 
LOG
PCMCIA
LOG
ETHER
LOG
FL-net
1CH
(OPRT) Page 2 +
(6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
USB


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
USB 
LOG
(OPRT) Page 3 +
(11) (12) (13) (14) (15)
DNET M 
HISTRY
DNET S
HISTRY
PRFNET
DEVICE
(OPRT) Page 4 +
(16) (17) (18) (19) (20)
Eth/IP
LOG (OPRT) Page 5 ＋
(21) (22) (23) (24) (25)
PRFNET
CNTRLR (OPRT) Page 6 ＋
(26) (27) (28) (29) (30)
Table 1.1.4 (e) Message
No. Chapter menu Description
(1) ALARM Selects the alarm message screen.
(2) MSG Selects the operator message screen.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 10 -
No. Chapter menu Description
(3) HISTRY Selects the screen for displaying the details of alarms issued so far.
(4) MSGHIS Selects the external operator message screen.
(6) EMBED LOG Selects the screen for displaying error messages related to the embedded 
Ethernet (embedded port).
(7) PCMCIA LOG Selects the screen for displaying error messages related to the embedded 
Ethernet (PCMCIA Ethernet card).


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(8) ETHER LOG Selects the screen for displaying error messages related to the fast 
Ethernet/fast data server.
(9) FL-net 1CH Selects the screen for displaying error messages related to the FL-net (port 
1) function.
(12) USB LOG Selects the screen for displaying error messages related to the USB function.
(16) DNET M HISTRY Selects the screen for displaying communication histories related to the 
DeviceNet master function


key: chroma:document
string_value:
DeviceNet master function
(17) DNET S HISTRY Selects the screen for displaying communication histories related to the 
DeviceNet slave function.
(18) PRFNET DEVICE Selects the screen for displaying communication histories related to the 
PROFINET IO Device function.
(24) Eth/IP LOG
Selects the screen for displaying communication histories related to the 
EtherNet/IP function if operating the EtherNet/IP function on a Fast Ethernet 
board different from that of the Ethernet function.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(26) PRFNET CNTRLR Selects the screen for displaying communication histories related to the 
PROFINET IO Controller function.
Graphic screen
The chapter selection soft keys that belong to the function key and the function of each screen are 
described below.
When the graphic display function is enabled:
PARAM GRAPH (OPRT) Page 1 +
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Table 1.1.4 (f) Graphic
No. Chapter menu Description
(1) PARAM Selects the screen for setting graphic parameters.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(2) GRAPH Selects the screen for graphically displaying the tool path.
When the dynamic graphic display function is enabled:
DRAW 
PARAM
PATH 
EXEC
ANIME 
EXEC
TOOL 
POS
(OPRT) Page 1
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Table 1.1.4 (g) Graphic
No. Chapter menu Description
(1) DRAW PARAM Selects the screen for setting drawing parameters.
(2) PATH EXEC Selects the screen for drawing tool paths.
(3) ANIME EXEC Selects the screen for drawing animation.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 11 -
1.2 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION SCREEN
After the system has started normally, you can find the types of installed printed circuit boards and 
software types by displaying a system configuration screen.
1.2.1 Display Method
1 Press function key .
2 Press soft key [SYSTEM].
3 Two types of system configuration screen, the hardware screen and software screen, are provided, 
and you can switch between these screens by using the page keys.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
When all information cannot be displayed on one page of the screen, you can switch to the next page 
by using the keys.
1.2.2 Hardware Configuration Screen
- Screen display
- Displayed information
The following explains the displayed information:
1. NAME
MAIN BOARD
• Displays information on the main board, and cards and modules on the main board.
OPTION BOARD
• Displays information on the board installed in the option slot.
DISPLAY
• Displays information on the display unit.
OTHERS


key: chroma:document
string_value:
OTHERS
• Displays information on other components (such as an MDI and a basic unit).
2. SLOT
• Displays the number of the slot in which the option board is inserted.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 12 -
1.2.3 Software Configuration Screen
- Screen display
Fig.1.2.3 (a) Software configuration screen
- Displayed information
The following explains the displayed information:
SYSTEM : Software type
SERIES : Software series
EDITION : Software edition
- Displayed systems and corresponding software types
The following lists the correspondence between displayed systems and software:
Table1.2.3 (a) Software types
System Software type


key: chroma:document
string_value:
System Software type
CNC(SYSTEM1) CNC system software 1
CNC(SYSTEM2) CNC system software 2
CNC(SYSTEM3) CNC system software 3
CNC(SYSTEM4) CNC system software 4
CNC(MSG1) CNC language indication 1
CNC(MSG2) CNC language indication 2
CNC(MSG3) CNC language indication 3
CNC(MSG4) CNC language indication 4
CNC(MSG5) CNC language indication 5
BOOT Boot system
PMC(SYSTEM) PMC function
PMC(LADDER1) PMC ladder for path 1
PMC(LADDER2) PMC ladder for path 2
PMC(LADDER3) PMC ladder for path 3


key: chroma:document
string_value:
PMC(LAD DCS) Dual check safety PMC ladder
SERVO Digital servo software (up to ten programs displayed)
SPINDLE-1 Spindle 1
SPINDLE-2 Spindle 2
SPINDLE-3 Spindle 3
SPINDLE-4 Spindle 4


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 13 -
System Software type
GRAPHIC Graphic function
GRAPHIC1 Graphic function
GRAPHIC2 Graphic function
GRAPH(FONT) Graphic function (additional Chinese font)
MGI(LIB) Library for MANUAL GUIDE i
MGI(SYSTEM) System software for MANUAL GUIDE i
MGI(MACRO M) Macro software for MANUAL GUIDE i (M system)
MGI(MACRO T) Macro software for MANUAL GUIDE i (T system)
MGI(USER0) User data 0 for MANUAL GUIDE i
MGI(USER1) User data 1 for MANUAL GUIDE i


key: chroma:document
string_value:
MGI(USER2) User data 2 for MANUAL GUIDE i
MGI(USER3) User data 3 for MANUAL GUIDE i
MGI(USER4) User data 4 for MANUAL GUIDE i
MGI(USER5) User data 5 for MANUAL GUIDE i
MGI(USER6) User data 6 for MANUAL GUIDE i
MGI(USER7) User data 7 for MANUAL GUIDE i
MGI(USER8) User data 8 for MANUAL GUIDE i
MGI(USER9) User data 9 for MANUAL GUIDE i
MACRO EXE1 Macro executor 1
MACRO EXE2 Macro executor 2
MACRO EXE3 Macro executor 3
MACRO EXE4 Macro executor 4
MACRO EXE5 Macro executor 5


key: chroma:document
string_value:
MACRO EXE5 Macro executor 5
MACRO EXE6 Macro executor 6
MACRO EXE7 Macro executor 7
MACRO EXE8 Macro executor 8
MACRO EXE9 Macro executor 9
MACRO EXE10 Macro executor 10
MACRO EXE11 Macro executor 11
MACRO EXE12 Macro executor 12
MACRO EXE13 Macro executor 13
MACRO EXE14 Macro executor 14
MACRO EXE15 Macro executor 15
MACRO EXE16 Macro executor 16
MACRO EXE17 Macro executor 17
MACRO EXE18 Macro executor 18
MACRO EXE19 Macro executor 19
MACRO EXE20 Macro executor 20


key: chroma:document
string_value:
MACRO EXE20 Macro executor 20
CEXELIB Library for C Language Executor
CEXEAPL Application for C Language Executor
CEXEDATA0 C Language Executor data file 0
CEXEDATA1 C Language Executor data file 1
CEXEDATA2 C Language Executor data file 2
CEXEDATA3 C Language Executor data file 3
CEXEDATA4 C Language Executor data file 4
CEXEDATA5 C Language Executor data file 5
CEXEDATA6 C Language Executor data file 6
CEXEDATA7 C Language Executor data file 7
CEXEDATA8 C Language Executor data file 8


key: chroma:document
string_value:
CEXEDATA9 C Language Executor data file 9
EMBED ETHER Embedded Ethernet software
ETHER DISPLAY Ethernet Display software
USB SOFT USB software
PROFI SOFT PROFIBUS software


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 14 -
System Software type
PROFI MASTER PROFIBUS Master software
PROFI SLAVE PROFIBUS Slave software
DEVNT SOFT DeviceNet software
CC-LINK SOFT CC-Link software
ETHERNET Fast Ethernet software
PROFINET PROFINET software
NETWORK SAFE Network Safety software
MG0I(LIB) Library for MANUAL GUIDE 0i
MG0I(SYSTEM) System software for MANUAL GUIDE 0i
MG0I(EMCR M) Execution macro software for MANUAL GUIDE 0i (M system)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
MG0I(CMCR M) Conversation macro software for MANUAL GUIDE 0i (M system)
MG0I(EMCR T) Execution macro software for MANUAL GUIDE 0i (T system)
MG0I(CMCR T) Conversation macro software for MANUAL GUIDE 0i (T system)
SUG(LIB) Library for Set-up guidance function
SUG(SYSTEM) System software for Set-up guidance function
SUG(MACRO M) Macro software for Set-up guidance function (M system)
• Display of digital servo software
When multiple programs are loaded, up to ten types are displayed.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
For the type of servo software used for each axis, check parameter No. 1024.
• Display of spindle software
The series and edition of software are displayed for each spindle. This information is displayed for 
up to sixteen spindles
• Display of macro executor
The series and edition are displayed for each number specified at the time of P-CODE macro 
creation.
Up to 20 types of macro executor are displayed.
1.2.4 Outputting System Configuration Data


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Data displayed on the system configuration screen can be output to an input/output device.
(1) Press function key .
(2) Press the EDIT switch on the machine operator's panel.
(3) Press soft key [SYSTEM] to display the system configuration screen.
(4) Press soft key [(OPRT)] and select soft key [F OUTPUT].
(5) Press soft key [EXCE].
(6) Data is output to the output device selected by parameter No. 20.
Data is output to a file named SYS_CONF.TXT.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 15 -
1.3 DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
1.3.1 Displaying Diagnosis Screen
(1) Press function key .
(2) Press soft key [DGNOS], then a diagnosis screen is displayed.
1.3.2 Contents Displayed
Causes when the machine does not travel in spite of giving a command
Diagnosis 0 CNC internal state 1
[Data type] Bit
NAME Internal state when "1" is displayed
INPOSITION CHECK In-position check is being done.
FEEDRATE OVERRIDE 0% Feedrate override is 0%.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
JOG FEED OVERRIDE 0% Jog feedrate override is 0%.
INTER/START LOCK ON Interlock/start lock is on.
SPEED ARRIVAL ON The system is waiting for the speed arrival signal to turn 
on.
WAIT REVOLUTION The system is waiting for the spindle one-rotation signal
in threading.
STOP POSITION OCDER The system is waiting for the rotation of the position 
coder in spindle feed per revolution.
Diagnosis 2 Dwell execution state 
When a dwell is being executed, "1" is displayed. 
Diagnosis 8 CNC internal state 2


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[Data type] Bit
NAME Internal state when "1" is displayed
FOREGROUND READING Data is being input in the foreground.
BACKGROUND READING Data is being input in the background.
RS-232C interface output state
Diagnosis 10 RS-232C interface output state
When data is being output through the RS-232C interface, "1" is indicated.
State of TH alarm
Diagnosis 30 TH alarm character count (foreground edit)
[Data type] 2-word axis


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[Data type] 2-word axis
The position where the TH alarm occurred in foreground input is indicated by the number 
of characters from the beginning of the block.
Diagnosis 31 TH alarm character code (foreground edit)
[Data type] 2-word axis
The character code of the character at which the TH alarm occurred in foreground input is 
indicated.
Diagnosis 32 TH alarm character count (background edit)
[Data type] 2-word axis


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[Data type] 2-word axis
The position where the TH alarm occurred in background input is indicated by the 
number of characters from the beginning of the block.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 16 -
Diagnosis 33 TH alarm character code (background edit)
[Data type] 2-word axis
The character code of the character at which the TH alarm occurred in background input 
is indicated.
Display language of the CNC screen
Diagnosis 43 Number of the current display language of the CNC screen
[Data type] Byte
The number of the current display language of the CNC screen is indicated.
The correspondence between languages and numbers is show below.
0 : English


key: chroma:document
string_value:
0 : English
1 : Japanese
2 : German
3 : French
4 : Chinese (traditional characters)
5 : Italian
6 : Korean
7 : Spanish
8 : Dutch
9 : Danish
10 : Portuguese
11 : Polish
12 : Hungarian
13 : Swedish
14 : Czech
15 : Chinese (simplified characters)
16 : Russian
17 : Turkish
18 : Bulgarian
19 : Rumanian
20 : Slovak
21 : Finnish
22 : Hindi
23 : Vietnamese
24 : Indonesian
25 : Slovenian
Details of serial Pulsecoder
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Diagnosis 200 OVL LV OVC HCA HVA DCA FBA OFA


key: chroma:document
string_value:
#0 OFA Overflow alarm
#1 FBA Disconnection alarm
#2 DCA Discharge alarm
#3 HVA Overvoltage alarm
#4 HCA Abnormal current alarm
#5 OVC Over current alarm
#6 LV Insufficient voltage alarm
#7 OVL Overload alarm
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Diagnosis 201 ALD PCR EXP
#4 EXP
#7 ALD


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 17 -
ALD EXP Description
Overload alarm 0 - Amplifier overheat
1 - Motor overheat
Disconnection alarm 1 0 Built-in Pulsecoder (hard)
1 1 Disconnection of separated type Pulsecoder (hard)
0 0 Disconnection of Pulsecoder (software)
#6 PCR The one-rotation signal of the position detector was caught before a manual reference 
position return is performed. Since the manual reference position return grid was


key: chroma:document
string_value:
established, a manual reference position return is enabled.
NOTE
This bit is valid only when the operation of the manual reference 
position return mode is started.
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Diagnosis 202 CSA BLA PHA RCA BZA CKA SPH
#0 SPH Serial Pulsecoder or feedback cable is faulty.
Counting of feedback cable is erroneous.
#1 CKA Serial Pulsecoder is faulty.
Internal block stopped.
#2 BZA Battery voltage became 0.
Replace the battery and set the reference position.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
#3 RCA Serial Pulsecoder is faulty.
The speed was incorrectly counted.
#4 PHA Serial Pulsecoder or feedback cable is erroneous.
Counting of feedback cable is erroneous.
#5 BLA Battery voltage is low (warning)
#6 CSA Hardware of serial Pulsecoder is abnormal
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Diagnosis 203 DTE CRC STB PRM
#4 PRM A parameter failure was detected on the digital servo side. See the cause and 
measure described in diagnosis No. 352.
#5 STB Communication failure of serial Pulsecoder.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Transferred data is erroneous.
#6 CRC Communication failure of serial Pulsecoder.
Transferred data is erroneous.
#7 DTE Communication failure of serial Pulsecoder.
There is no response for communication.
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Diagnosis 204 OFS MCC LDA PMS
#3 PMS Feedback is not correct due to faulty serial Pulsecoder C or feedback cable.
#4 LDA Serial Pulsecoder LED is abnormal
#5 MCC Contacts of MCC of servo amplifier is melted.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
#6 OFS Abnormal current value result of A/D conversion of digital servo
Details of separate serial Pulsecoder alarms
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Diagnosis 205 OHA LDA BLA PHA CMA BZA PMA SPH
#0 SPH A soft phase data error occurred in the separate Pulsecoder.
#1 PMA A pulse error occurred in the separate Pulsecoder.
#2 BZA The battery voltage for the separate Pulsecoder is zero.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 18 -
#3 CMA A count error occurred in the separate Pulsecoder.
#4 PHA A phase data error occurred in the separate linear scale.
#5 BLA A low battery voltage occurred in the separate Pulsecoder.
#6 LDA An LED error occurred in the separate Pulsecoder.
#7 OHA Overheat occurred in the separate Pulsecoder.
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Diagnosis 206 DTE CRC STB
#5 STB A stop bit error occurred in the separate Pulsecoder.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
#6 CRC A CRC error occurred in the separate Pulsecoder.
#7 DTE A data error occurred in the separate Pulsecoder.
Connection system of scale
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Diagnosis 202 SEM
#7 SEM Separate position detector is not used (semi-closed loop)
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Diagnosis 206 ROT LIN
#0 LIN Separate position detector is serial interface linear scale
#1 ROT Separate position detector is serial interface rotary scale
SEM ROT LIN
Separate position detector (serial) (linear scale) 0 0 1


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Separate position detector (serial) (rotary scale) 0 1 0
Separate position detector (AB phase) 0 0 0
Semi-closed mode 1 0 0
Details of invalid servo parameter alarms (on the CNC side)
When servo alarm No. 417 is issued, and diagnosis No. 203#4 = 0, its cause is indicated.
When diagnosis No. 203#4 = 1, see diagnosis No. 352.
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Diagnosis 280 DIR PLS PLC MOT
#0 MOT The motor type specified in parameter No. 2020 falls outside the predetermined range.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
#2 PLC The number of velocity feedback pulses per motor revolution, specified in parameter No. 
2023, is zero or less. The value is invalid.
#3 PLS The number of position feedback pulses per motor revolution, specified in parameter No. 
2024, is zero or less. The value is invalid.
#4 DIR The wrong direction of rotation for the motor is specified in parameter No. 2022 (the 
value is other than 111 or -111).
Position error amount
Diagnosis 300 Position error of an axis in detection unit


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Position error = Feed rate [mm/min] × 100
×
1
60 × servo loop gain [1/sec] Detection unit
Machine position
Diagnosis 301 Distance from reference position of an axis in detection unit


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 19 -
Distance from the end of the deceleration dog to the first grid point
Diagnosis 302 Distance from the end of the deceleration dog to the first grid point
[Data type] Real axis
[Unit of data] Machine unit
[Valid data range] 0 to ±99999999
NOTE
For the reference position setting without a dog, the distance from 
the beginning of the reference position setting without a dog to the 
first grid point is assumed.
Reference counter


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Reference counter
Diagnosis 304 Reference counter amount in each axis
[Data type] 2-word axis
[Unit of data] Detection unit
[Valid data range] –99999999 to 99999999
Motor temperature information
Diagnosis 308 Servo motor temperature (°C)
[Data type] Byte axis
[Unit of data] °C
[Valid data range] 0 to 255
The temperature of the coil of the servo motor is indicated. When the temperature reaches 
140°C, a motor overheat alarm is issued.
Diagnosis 309 Pulsecoder temperature (°C)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[Data type] Byte axis
[Unit of data] °C
[Valid data range] 0 to 255
The temperature of the printed circuit board in the Pulsecoder is indicated. When the 
temperature reaches 100°C (approximately 85°C for the temperature of atmosphere in the 
Pulsecoder), a motor overheat alarm is issued.
NOTE
1 Temperature information has the following error:
• 50°C to 160°C ±5°C
• 160°C to 180°C ±10°C
2 The temperature at which an overheat alarm is issued has an error 
of up to 5°C.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
of up to 5°C.
Cause that sets bit 4 (APZ) of parameter No. 1815 to 0
You can find the cause that sets bit 4 (APZ) of parameter No. 1815 to 0 by checking diagnosis Nos. 310 
and 311.
Once diagnosis No. 310 or 311 is set to 1, this setting is kept unchanged until the zero point of the 
absolute position detector of the corresponding axis is set again. Possible causes that set APZ to 0 are as 
follows:


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 20 -
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Diagnosis 310 DTH ALP BZ2 BZ1 PR2 PR1
#0 PR1 One of the following parameters was changed:
No.1815#0, No.1815#1, No.1815#6, No.1817#3, No.1820, No.1821, No.1822, No.1823, 
No.1850, No.1868, No.1869, No.1874, No.1875, No.1876, No.1883, No.1884, No.2022, 
No.2084, No.2085, No.2179, increment system for a rotary axis A type, No.11802#6, 
No.11810


key: chroma:document
string_value:
No.11810
#1 PR2 Bit 1 (ATS) of parameter No. 8303 was changed. Alternatively, when bit 7 (SMA) of 
parameter No. 8302 was set to 1, APZ of the axis to be synchronized together was set to 
0.
#2 BZ1 A battery voltage of 0 V was detected. (Inductosyn)
#3 BZ2 A battery voltage of 0 V was detected. (Separate position detector)
#5 ALP The zero point was set by MDI when the α pulse coder had not rotate one or more turns.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Alternatively, the CNC could not obtain a correct value from the absolute pulse coder.
#6 DTH An axis detach operation was performed by the controlled-axis detach signal DTCH 
<G124> or by setting bit 7 (RMV) of parameter No. 0012.
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Diagnosis 311 DUA XBZ GSG AL4 AL3 AL2 AL1
#0 AL1 An SV alarm (SV301 to SV305) was issued.
#1 AL2 When bit 1 (CRF) of parameter No. 1819 was set to 1, alarm SV0445, “SOFT 
DISCONNECT ALARM”, SV0447, “HARD DISCONNECT(EXT)”, or SV0646,


key: chroma:document
string_value:
“ABNORMAL ANALOG SIGNAL(EXT)”, was detected.
#2 AL3 A battery voltage of 0 V was detected. (Built-in serial Pulsecoder)
#3 AL4 Alarm SV0367, “COUNT MISS(INT)”, was detected.
#4 GSG The status of broken-wire alarm ignore signal NDCAL (G202) changed from 1 to 0.
#5 XBZ A battery voltage of 0 V or alarm SV0382, “COUNT MISS(EXT)”, was detected.
(Separate serial position detector)
#6 DUA When bit 1 (CRF) of parameter No. 1819 was set to 1, alarm SV0421, “EXCESS 
ERROR(SEMI-FULL)”, was detected.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Details of invalid servo parameter setting alarms (on the servo side)
Diagnosis 352 Detail number for invalid servo parameter setting alarm
Indicates information that can be used to identify the location (parameter) and cause of an 
invalid servo parameter setting alarm (servo alarm No. 417).
This diagnosis information is valid when the following conditions are satisfied.
• Servo alarm No. 417 has occurred.
• Bit 4 of diagnosis No. 203 (PRM) = 1


key: chroma:document
string_value:
See the following table for the displayed detail numbers and the corresponding causes. 
For further detail information that could be used to take measures, refer to FANUC AC 
Servo Motor αis/αi/βis series Parameter Manual (B-65270EN).
- Detailed descriptions about invalid servo parameter setting alarms
Detail 
number Parameter No. Cause Action
0233 2023
When initialization bit 0 is set to 1, the 
number of velocity pulses exceeds 
13100.
Correct the number of velocity pulses so


key: chroma:document
string_value:
that it is within 13100.
0234 2023
When a DD motor is used, a value
smaller than 512 is set as the number of 
velocity pulses.
Set 512 or a greater number as the 
number of velocity pulses, or disable the 
DD motor.
Bit 2 of parameter No. 2300=0


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 21 -
Detail 
number Parameter No. Cause Action
0243 2024
When initialization bit 0 is set to 1, the 
number of position pulses exceeds 
13100.
Correct the number of position pulses so 
that it is within 13100.
Use the position feedback pulse 
conversion coefficient (parameter No. 
2185).
0434
0435 2043 The internal value of the velocity loop 
integral gain overflowed.
Decrease the value of the velocity loop 
integral gain parameter.
0443
0444
0445


key: chroma:document
string_value:
0443
0444
0445
2044 The internal value of the velocity loop 
proportional gain overflowed.
Use the function for changing the 
internal format of the velocity loop 
proportional gain (bit 6 of parameter No.
2200). Alternatively, decrease the 
parameter setting.
0474
0475 2047 The internal value of the observer 
parameter (POA1) overflowed.
Correct the setting to 
(−1) × (desired value)/10.
0534
0535 2053
The internal value of a parameter 
related to dead zone compensation 
overflowed.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
overflowed.
Decrease the setting to the extent that 
the illegal servo parameter setting alarm 
is not caused.
0544
0545 2054
The internal value of a parameter 
related to dead zone compensation 
overflowed.
Decrease the setting to the extent that 
the illegal servo parameter setting alarm 
is not caused.
0694
0695
0696
0699
2069 The internal value of the velocity 
feed-forward coefficient overflowed.
Decrease the velocity feed-forward 
coefficient.
0754


key: chroma:document
string_value:
coefficient.
0754
0755 2075 The setting for this parameter has 
overflowed.
This parameter is not used at present. 
Set 0.
0764
0765 2076 The setting for this parameter has 
overflowed.
This parameter is not used at present. 
Set 0.
0843 2084
A positive value is not set as the flexible 
feed gear numerator.
Alternatively, the following condition 
exists: Feed gear numerator > 
denominator × 16
Set a positive value as the flexible feed 
gear numerator.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
gear numerator.
Alternatively, satisfy the following 
condition: Feed gear numerator ≤
denominator × 16 
(except for phase A-/B-specific separate
detector).
0853 2085 A positive value is not set as the flexible 
feed gear denominator.
Set a positive value as the flexible feed 
gear denominator.
0883 2088
For an axis with a serial type separate 
detector, a value exceeding 100 is set 
as the machine velocity feedback 
coefficient.
For an axis with a serial type separate


key: chroma:document
string_value:
detector, the upper limit of the machine 
velocity feedback coefficient is 100. 
Correct the coefficient so that it does not 
exceed 100.
0884
0885
0886
2088 The internal value of the machine 
velocity feedback coefficient overflowed.
Decrease the machine velocity feedback 
coefficient.
Alternatively, use the vibration-damping 
control function that has an equivalent 
effect.
0994
0995
0996
2099 The internal value for N pulse 
suppression overflowed.
Disable the N pulse suppression


key: chroma:document
string_value:
function.
Alternatively, decrease the parameter 
setting so that no overflow will occur.
1033 2103
The retract distance related to an 
abnormal load differs between the L and 
M axes (if the same-axis retract function 
is in use).
Set the same value for both the L and M 
axes.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 22 -
Detail 
number Parameter No. Cause Action
1123 2112
Although a linear motor is used, the 
AMR conversion coefficient parameter is 
not input.
Set the AMR conversion coefficient.
1182
2118
2078
2079
The dual position feedback conversion 
coefficient has not been specified.
Specify the dual position feedback 
conversion coefficient.
1284
1285 2128
When a small value is set as the number 
of velocity pulses, the internal value of a


key: chroma:document
string_value:
parameter related to current control 
overflows.
Decrease the value in this parameter to 
the extent that the alarm is not caused.
1294
1295 2129
When a large value is set as the number 
of velocity pulses, the internal value of a 
parameter related to current control 
overflows.
When the value set in this parameter is 
resolved to the form a × 256 + b, set a 
smaller value in a again.
1393 2139 The AMR offset setting value of a linear 
motor exceeds ±45.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
motor exceeds ±45.
Enlarge the AMR offset setting range 
(bit 0 of parameter N. 2270=1) to input a 
value within a range of ±60.
1454
1455
1456
1459
2145 Velocity feed-forward coefficient for 
cutting overflowed.
Decrease the velocity feed-forward 
coefficient.
1493 2149 A value greater than 6 is specified in this 
parameter.
Only 6 or less can be specified in this 
parameter. Change the setting to 6 or 
below 6.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
below 6.
1503 2150 A value equal to or greater than 10 is set. Set a value less than 10.
1786 2178 Bit 6 of No. 2212 or bit 6 of No. 2213 is 
set to 1, and No. 2178=0 is set.
Set bit 6 of No. 2212 or bit 6 of No. 2213 
to 0.
1793 2179 A negative value or a value greater than 
the setting of parameter No. 1821 is set.
Set a positive value less than the setting 
of parameter No. 1821.
1853 2185 A negative value or a value greater than 
the setting of parameter No. 2023 is set.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Set a positive value less than the setting 
of parameter No. 2023.
2203 2220#0
If pole detection is enabled (bit 7 of No. 
2213=1) and a non-binary detector is 
enabled (bit 0 of No. 2220=1), an illegal 
servo parameter setting alarm is issued 
when any of the following is set:
- AMR conversion coefficient 1 ≤ 0
- AMR conversion coefficient 2 ≤ 0
- AMR conversion coefficient 2 > 512
(The settable range is 1 (2 poles) to 512 
(1024 poles).)
Set the AMR conversion coefficients 
correctly.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
correctly.
2243 2224#5
This alarm is issued when a setting is 
made to neglect the invalid setting of the 
parameter for the feed-forward timing
adjustment function (bit 5 of No. 2224=1) 
and a command for nano interpolation is 
issued.
Use either one.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 23 -
Detail 
number Parameter No. Cause Action
2632 2263
When the lifting function against gravity 
is enabled (bit 7 of No. 2298=1) or the 
post-servo-off travel distance monitor
function is enabled (bit 5 of No. 2278=1), 
the function for enabling the CNC
software to post the detection unit to the 
servo software is not supported and the 
setting of the detection unit (No. 2263) is 
disabled.
Take one of the following actions:


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1) Set a value in parameter No. 2263.
2) Disable the lifting function against 
gravity and the post-servo-off travel 
distance monitor function.
3) Use CNC software that supports the 
function for enabling the detection
unit to be posted to the servo
software.
2780
2277#5,6,7
2278#0,2,4
24096
When the first SDU unit is not used 
(No.24096=0), a setting is made to 
connect a detector (acceleration sensor, 
temperature detection circuit, or analog


key: chroma:document
string_value:
check interface unit) to the first SDU unit.
Check the FSSB setting (No.24096) or 
the detector setting (bits 0, 2, and 4 of 
No. 2278).
2781
2277#5,6,7
2278#1,3,4
24097
When the second SDU unit is not used 
(No.24097=0), a setting is made to 
connect a detector (acceleration sensor, 
temperature detection circuit, or analog 
check interface unit) to the second SDU 
unit.
Check the FSSB setting (No.24097) or 
the detector setting (bits 1, 3, and 4 of 
No. 2278).
2782
2277#5,6,7
2278#0,4


key: chroma:document
string_value:
2782
2277#5,6,7
2278#0,4
24096
Any of the following settings is made: 
• For use with the first SDU unit, both 
of an acceleration sensor and 
temperature detection circuit are 
enabled.
• Settings are made to use the first 
SDU unit (No.24096>0), disable an 
acceleration sensor (bits 5, 6, 7 of 
No. 2277=0,0,0), and read 
acceleration data from the second 
unit (bit 1 of No. 2278=1).
Check the settings of the acceleration 
sensor and temperature detection circuit.
2783
2277#5,6,7


key: chroma:document
string_value:
2783
2277#5,6,7
2278#1,4
24097
Any of the following settings is made: 
• For use with the second SDU unit, 
both of an acceleration sensor and 
temperature detection circuit are 
enabled.
• Settings are made to use the second 
SDU unit (No.24097>0), disable an 
acceleration sensor (bits 5, 6, 7 of 
No. 2277=0,0,0), and read 
acceleration data from the second 
unit (bit 1 of No. 2278=1).
Check the settings of the acceleration 
sensor and temperature detection circuit.
2784
1815#1


key: chroma:document
string_value:
2784
1815#1
2277#5,6,7
2278#0,1,4
At the time of full-closed system setting, 
a detector other than a separate position
detector is connected (with the 
first/second SDU unit).
Modify the setting of the detector.
2785
1815#1
2277#5,6,7
2278#0,4
At the time of full-closed system setting, 
a detector other than a separate position
detector is connected (with the first SDU 
unit).
Modify the setting of the detector.
2786
1815#1
2277#5,6,7
2278#1,4


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1815#1
2277#5,6,7
2278#1,4
At the time of full-closed system setting, 
a detector other than a separate position
detector is connected (with the second 
SDU unit).
Modify the setting of the detector.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 24 -
Detail 
number Parameter No. Cause Action
2787 2278#0,#1 A setting is made to connect two 
temperature detection circuits.
Only one temperature detection circuit
can be connected. Modify the setting so 
that data is read from one of the first and 
second SDU units.
2788
1815#1
2277#5,6,7
2278#4
2278#0,1
24096
24097
A setting is made to connect two 
temperature detection circuits.
Only one temperature detection circuit


key: chroma:document
string_value:
can be connected. Modify the setting so 
that data is read from one of the first and 
second SDU units.
3002 2300#3,#7
The αiCZ detection circuit and linear
motor position detection circuit do not 
support overheat signal connection.
Replace the αiCZ detection circuit and 
linear motor position detection circuit with 
those circuits that support overheat 
signal connection. Alternatively, modify 
the setting so that the overheat signal is 
read from a DI signal (bit 3 of parameter


key: chroma:document
string_value:
No. 2300=0).
3012 2301#2,#7
• When bit 2 of No. 2301=1
Hardware (PS, SV) that does not 
support DC link voltage information
output is connected, but bit 2 of No. 
2301 is set to 1.
• When bit 7 of No. 2301=1
The CNC software does not support
the torque control setting range 
extension function.
• When bit 2 of No. 2301=1
Set bit 2 of No. 2301 to 0.
• When bit 7 of No. 2301=1
Use CNC software that supports the 
function.
3553


key: chroma:document
string_value:
function.
3553
3603 2355 The value 4 or a smaller number is set. Set the value 5 or a greater number.
3603
2113
2360
2363
2366
The value 95 or smaller number is set.
Set the value 96 or a greater number. 
Alternatively, if no resonance elimination 
filter is used, set all of the center 
frequency, band width, and dumping 
value to 0.
3603
3663 2366 The value 4 or a smaller number is set. Set the value 5 or a greater number.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
4553 2455 A negative value is set. Set the value 0 or a greater number.
4563 2456 A value not within 0 to 12 is set. Set a value within 0 to 12.
8213 1821 A positive value is not set in the 
reference counter capacity parameter. Set a positive value in this parameter.
8254
8255
8256
1825 A position gain of 0 is set, or the internal 
position gain value has overflowed.
Set a value other than 0
(when setting = 0).
9053
1815#1
24096
24097
At the time of full-closed system setting,


key: chroma:document
string_value:
no separate detector interface unit is set. Set a separate detector interface unit.
10010
10016
10019
2200#0
The internal value of a parameter related 
to feedback mismatch detection
has overflowed.
Check whether correct values are set for
the flexible feed gear, number of position
pulses, and number of velocity pulses 
and the counting direction of separate 
detector data is correct. When there is no 
problem with them, disable "feedback 
mismatch detection". (bit 0 of 
No.2200=1)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 25 -
Detail 
number Parameter No. Cause Action
10033 2004
Illegal control cycle setting
This error occurs if automatic 
modification is carried out for the control 
cycle.
Correct this parameter related to 
interrupt cycle setting.
10053 2018#0 When a linear motor is used, the scale 
reverse connection bit is set.
When the linear motor is used, the scale 
reverse connection bit cannot be used.
10062 2209#4 The amplifier used does not support the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
HC alarm prevention function.
When you use the current amplifier 
continuously, set the function bit shown 
to the left to 0.
When using the HC alarm prevention 
function, use an appropriate amplifier 
that supports the function.
10092
10093
2004
2013#0
2014#0
Different control cycles are set within one 
servo CPU.
Set the same control cycle for axes 
controlled by one servo CPU.
10103 2004
2013#0 HRV1 is set. The Series 0i-F does not allow HRV1 
setting. Set HRV2, HRV3.
10113 2013#0


key: chroma:document
string_value:
10113 2013#0
Current cycle mismatch alarm.
This alarm is issued if the specified 
current cycle does not match the actual 
setting.
An axis for which HRV3 is specified 
exists on the same optical cable. Review 
the placement of the amplifier, or disable 
HRV3.
10123 2013#0
Alarm for indicating the disability of 
HRV3 setting.
This alarm is issued when the axis 
supports HRV3 but the other axis of the 
pair does not support HRV3.
Eliminate the cause of the disability in


key: chroma:document
string_value:
setting the other axis. Alternatively, 
cancel the HRV3 setting.
10133 2013#0
2014#0
This alarm is issued when HRV3 is set, 
but the amplifier does not support these 
control types.
HRV3 is unusable for the axis on which 
the alarm was issued.
10202 2277#5,6,7
2278#0,2,4
The ID of the detector connected to the 
first SDU unit differs from the parameter
setting.
Check the detector-related parameter or 
the state of detector connection.
10212 2277#5,6,7
2278#1,3,4


key: chroma:document
string_value:
10212 2277#5,6,7
2278#1,3,4
The ID of the detector connected to the 
second SDU unit differs from the 
parameter setting.
Check the detector-related parameter or 
the state of detector connection.
Diagnosis 355 Communication alarm ignore counter (separate type)
Diagnosis 356 Link processing counter (built-in type)
Diagnosis 357 Link processing counter (separate type)
The number of times a communication error occurred during serial communication with 
the detector is indicated.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the detector is indicated.
Data transmitted during communication is guaranteed unless another alarm occurs. 
However, if the counter value indicated in this diagnosis information increases in a short 
period, there is a high probability that serial communication is disturbed by noise. So, 
take sufficient measures to prevent noise.
* For details, refer to a relevant manual on FANUC SERVO MOTOR αi series.
Diagnosis 358 V ready-off information


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 26 -
Convert the indicated value to a binary representation, and check bits 5 to 14 of the 
binary representation.
When amplifier excitation is turned on, these bits are set to 1 sequentially from the lowest 
bit, which is bit 5. If the amplifier is activated normally, bits 5 to 14 are all set to 1.
Therefore, check the bits sequentially from the lowest bit to find the first bit that is set to


key: chroma:document
string_value:
0. This bit indicates that the corresponding processing could not be completed and so the 
V ready-off alarm was caused.
 SRDY DRDY INTL CRDY 
#15 #14 #13 #12 #11 #10 #09 #08
 *ESP 
#07 #06 #05 #04 #03 #02 #01 #00
# 06 *ESP Converter emergency stop state released
# 10 CRDY Converter ready
# 12 INTL DB relay released
# 13 DRDY Amplifier ready (amplifier)
# 14 SRDY Amplifier ready (software)
* For details, refer to a relevant manual on FANUC SERVO MOTOR αi series.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Diagnosis 359 Communication alarm neglect counter (built-in type)
The diagnosis information is the same as that of diagnosis No. 355.
See the descriptions in diagnoses No.355 to 357.
Diagnosis 360 Cumulative value of specified pulses (NC)
[Data type] 2-word
[Unit of data] Detection unit
[Valid data range] -99999999 to 99999999
Cumulative value of move commands distributed from the CNC since power-on is 
indicated.
Diagnosis 361 Compensation pulses (NC)
[Data type] 2-word


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[Data type] 2-word
[Unit of data] Detection unit
[Valid data range] -99999999 to 99999999
Cumulative value of compensation pulses (backlash compensation, pitch error 
compensation, and so on) distributed from the CNC since power-on is indicated.
Diagnosis 362 Cumulative value of specified pulses (SV)
[Data type] 2-word
[Unit of data] Detection unit
[Valid data range] -99999999 to 99999999
Cumulative value of move pulses and compensation pulses received by the servo system


key: chroma:document
string_value:
since power-on is indicated.
Diagnosis 363 Cumulative feedback (SV)
[Data type] 2-word
[Unit of data] Detection unit
[Valid data range] -99999999 to 99999999
Cumulative value of positional feedback pulses the servo system received from the pulse 
coder since power-on is indicated.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 27 -
Diagnosis data related to the Inductosyn absolute position detector
Diagnosis 380 Difference between the absolute position of the motor and offset data
[Data type] 2-word axis
[Unit of data] Detection unit
M (absolute position of the motor)-S (offset data)
λ (pitch interval)
The remainder resulting from the division is displayed.
Diagnosis 381 Offset data from the Inductosyn
[Data type] 2-word axis
[Unit of data] Detection unit


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[Unit of data] Detection unit
Off set data is displayed when CNC calculates the machine position. 
Diagnosis data related to the serial spindles
Diagnosis 403 Temperature of spindle motor
[Data type] Byte spindle
[Unit of data] °C
[Valid data range] 0 to 255
The temperature of the winding of the spindle motor is indicated.
This information can be used to determine the overheat alarm of the spindle.
(The temperature that causes an overheat alarm varies from motor to motor.)
NOTE


key: chroma:document
string_value:
NOTE
1 Temperature information has the following error:
• 50°C to 160°C ±5°C
• 160°C to 180°C ±10°C
2 The indicated temperature and the temperature causing an 
overheat alarm have the following error:
• For lower than 160°C 5°C maximum
• For 160 to 180°C 10°C maximum
Diagnosis 410 Spindle load meter indication [%]
[Data type] Word spindle
[Unit of data] %
Diagnosis 411 Spindle motor speed indication [min-1
]
[Data type] Word spindle
[Unit of data] min-1


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[Unit of data] min-1
Diagnosis 417 Spindle position coder feedback information
[Data type] 2-word spindle
[Unit of data] Detection unit
Diagnosis 418 Positional deviation of spindle in position loop mode
[Data type] 2-word spindle
[Unit of data] Detection unit
Diagnosis 425 Spindle synchronization error
[Data type] 2-word spindle
[Unit of data] Detection unit
When the spindles are in synchronization mode, the absolute value of the synchronization


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 28 - 
Diagnosis 445 Spindle position data 
 [Data type] 2-word spindle 
 [Unit of data] Pulse 
[Valid data range] 0 to 4095 
For the serial spindle, position coder signal pulse data from the one-rotation signal is 
indicated as the position data of the spindle. 
This data is valid when bit 1 of parameter No. 3117 is set to 1. 
To display spindle position data, spindle orientation must be performed once. 
Diagnosis 449 Spindle position data (angle)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[Data type] Real spindle 
 [Unit of data] Refer to table below 
[Valid data range] 0 to 359.999[deg] 
Diagnosis data No.449 indicates spindle angle from the one-rotation signal when bit 1 
(SPP) of parameter No.3117 is set to 1. Spindle angle displays to three decimal places. It 
is available for serial spindle. To display spindle angle, spindle orientation must be 
performed once. Unit of spindle angle data is as follows. 
Bit 0 (ORPUNT) of parameter No.4542 Unit of data [deg] 
0 0.088


key: chroma:document
string_value:
0 0.088 
1 0.011 
NOTE 
 Once spindle orientation performed after power-on, position data 
can be read. To read position data, set bit 1 (SPP) of parameter 
No.3117 to 1. 
 (Except when maintenance is performed, bit 1 (SPP) of parameter 
No.3117 must be set to 0.) 
Diagnosis data related to rigid tapping 
Diagnosis 450 Spindle position error during rigid tapping 
 [Data type] 2-word spindle 
 [Unit of data] Detection unit 
Diagnosis 451 Spindle distribution during rigid tapping


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[Data type] 2-word spindle 
 [Unit of data] Detection unit 
Diagnosis 452 Difference in error amount between spindle and tapping axis during rigid tapping 
(momentary value) 
 [Data type] 2-word spindle 
 [Unit of data] % 
Diagnosis 453 Difference in error amount between spindle and tapping axis during rigid tapping (maximum 
value) 
 [Data type] 2-word spindle 
 [Unit of data] % 
Diagnosis 454 Accumulated spindle distribution during rigid tapping (cumulative value)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 29 -
Diagnosis 455 Difference in spindle-converted move command during rigid tapping (momentary value)
[Data type] 2-word spindle
[Unit of data] Detection unit
Diagnosis 456 Difference in spindle-converted positional deviation during rigid tapping (momentary value)
[Data type] 2-word spindle
[Unit of data] Detection unit
Diagnosis 457 Width of synchronization error during rigid tapping (maximum value)
[Data type] 2-word spindle
[Unit of data] Detection unit


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[Unit of data] Detection unit
Diagnosis 458 Tapping axis distribution amount during rigid tapping (cumulative value)
[Data type] 2-word spindle
[Unit of data] Detection unit
Diagnosis 459 Selected spindle number during rigid tapping
[Data type] 2-word path
Diagnosis 460 Difference in spindle-converted move command during rigid tapping (maximum value)
[Data type] 2-word spindle
[Unit of data] Detection unit


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[Unit of data] Detection unit
Diagnosis 461 Difference in spindle-converted machine position during rigid tapping (momentary value)
[Data type] 2-word spindle
[Unit of data] Detection unit
Diagnosis 462 Difference in spindle-converted machine position during rigid tapping (maximum value)
[Data type] 2-word spindle
[Unit of data] Detection unit
Diagnosis data related to polygon machining with two spindles
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Diagnosis 470 SC0 LGE SCF PSC PEN PSU SPL


key: chroma:document
string_value:
#0 SPL Polygon synchronization with two spindles under way
#1 PSU Polygon synchronization mode with two spindles being activated
NOTE
If only PSU becomes 1, but no change occurs, and the program 
stops in a block containing a G51.2 command, the speed of an 
spindle does not reach the targeted polygon synchronization 
speed, for example, because bit 7 (PST) of parameter No. 7603 = 0 
keeps the spindle from being energized.
#2 PEN Polygon synchronization mode with two spindles released


key: chroma:document
string_value:
#3 PSC Spindle speed being changed during polygon synchronization mode with two spindles
#4 SCF Spindle speed changed during polygon synchronization mode with two spindles
#6 LGE The loop gain is different between the spindles during polygon synchronization mode 
with two spindles.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 30 -
NOTE
When the speed is changed during polygon synchronization mode, 
LGE is set to 1 if the spindle synchronization control loop gain used 
by the serial spindle control unit is different between the master 
spindle and polygon synchronization axis.
Diagnosis display indicates the loop gain because this function 
requires that both spindles be controlled with the same loop gain. 
However, no alarm is issued even if the loop gain is different


key: chroma:document
string_value:
between the spindles.
(For the serial spindle control unit, the parameters used are 
changed according to the state of the CTH1 and CTH2 signals.)
#7 SC0 Actual speed command is 0 during polygon synchronization mode with two spindles.
NOTE
Signal SC0 is not a value specified by the program. It is set to 1 
under any of the following conditions:
1. When the S command value is adjusted according to the signals 
related to spindle control, SSTP<Gn029.6> and SOV0-


key: chroma:document
string_value:
SOV7<Gn030> and the signal related to multi-spindle control 
<Gn027>, the result is 0.
2. The S command value is smaller than the spindle control 
resolution (the result of multiplying the S command value by a 
value of 4095/(maximum spindle speed) is less than 1).
The S command value is specified by SIND control <Gn032, 
Gn033>, and it is 0.
If SC0 = 1, the spindle speed becomes 0 and bit 0 of diagnosis 
display No. 471 becomes 1. In this case, the polygon


key: chroma:document
string_value:
synchronization rotation ratio is impractical, but alarm PS5018 does 
not occurs, because it is regarded as the result of the command.
If the following status is indicated during the polygon synchronization mode, there are no abnormalities.
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Diagnosis 470 0 0 0 1 - 0 0 1
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Diagnosis 471 NPQ PQE QMS NSP SUO QCL SCU
Polygon turning with two spindles
Indication of causes for alarms PS5018, PS0314, and PS0218
#0 to #3 Causes for alarm PS5018


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Alarm PS5018 is cleared by a reset, but the indication of its causes remains until the 
causes are cleared or the polygon synchronization mode is released.
SCU The specified speed is too low during polygon synchronization mode with two spindles.
(The unit of speed calculated internally becomes 0.)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 31 -
NOTE
SCU becomes 1 also when the specified spindle speed is 0 
(diagnosis display No. 470#7 = 1). In this case, however, alarm 
PS5018 is not issued (because the command is 0). When 
diagnosis display No. 470#7 = 0 and diagnosis display No. 471#0 = 
1, alarm PS5018 occurs. Normally this does not occur with speed 
at which the spindle can rotate.
QCL The polygon synchronization axis is clamped.
NOTE


key: chroma:document
string_value:
NOTE
QCL becomes 1, when the polygon synchronization axis receives a 
command with a polygon synchronization speed that is higher than 
the value specified in parameter No. 7621 and is clamped at that 
speed.
SUO The specified speed is too high during the polygon synchronization mode with two 
spindles.
(It is clamped to the upper limit calculated internally.)
NOTE
SUO occurs, if a result of (speed specified for the master 
spindle)/(value specified at P) is higher than 59998. In other words,


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the master spindle must rotate at a speed lower than 59998 min-1
assuming P = 1.
#4 Causes for alarm PS0314
When alarm PS0314 occurs, the polygon synchronization mode is released, but the 
indication of its causes remains until the alarm PS0314 is cleared by a reset.
NSP A spindle necessary for control is not connected.
(For example, there is not a serial spindle or the second spindle.)
The axis settings for polygon turning are not correct.
#5 to #7 Causes for alarm PS0218


key: chroma:document
string_value:
When alarm PS0218 occurs, the polygon synchronization mode is released, but the 
indication of its causes remains until the alarm PS0218 is cleared by a reset.
QMS When bit 1 (QDR) of parameter No. 7603 = 1, a negative value is specified at Q.
PQE In a G51.2, either P or Q has a value out of the specifiable range.
Or, P and Q are not specified as a pair.
NPQ In a G51.2, R is specified when P and Q have not been specified at all, or none of P, Q, 
and R has been specified.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
and R has been specified.
Indication of values specified during the polygon synchronization mode with two 
spindles
Diagnosis 474 Rotation ratio for the master axis during the polygon synchronization mode with two 
spindles (P command value)
This indication is the current rotation ratio (P command value) of the master axis during 
the polygon synchronization mode with two spindles.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 32 -
Diagnosis 475 Rotation ratio for the polygon synchronization axis during the polygon synchronization 
mode with two spindles (Q command value)
This indication is the current rotation ratio (Q command value) of the polygon 
synchronization axis during the polygon synchronization mode with two spindles.
Diagnosis data related to the small-hole peck drilling cycle


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Diagnosis 520 Total number of times a retraction operation has been performed during drilling since G83 
was specified
Diagnosis 521 Total number of times a retraction operation has been performed in response to the 
reception of the overload torque detection signal during drilling since G83 was specified
The total numbers of times output in Nos.520 and 521 are cleared to zero by a G83 
command issued after the small-hole peck drilling cycle mode is entered.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Diagnosis 522 Coordinate value of the drilling axis at which retraction operation starts 
(least input increment)
Diagnosis 523
Difference between the coordinate value of the drilling axis at which the previous retraction 
operation started and the coordinate value of the drilling axis at which the current retraction 
operation starts (least input increment: previous value minus current value)
Diagnosis data related to the dual position feedback function
Diagnosis 550 Closed loop error


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[Data type] 2-word axis
[Unit of data] Detection unit
[Valid data range] -99999999 to +99999999
Diagnosis 551 Semi-closed loop error
[Data type] 2-word axis
[Unit of data] Detection unit
[Valid data range] -99999999 to +99999999
Diagnosis 552 Error between semi-closed and closed loops
[Data type] Word axis
[Unit of data] Detection unit
[Valid data range] -32768 to +32767
Diagnosis 553 Amount of dual position compensation
[Data type] 2-word axis
[Unit of data] Detection unit


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[Unit of data] Detection unit
[Valid data range] -99999999 to +99999999
The data items displayed on the diagnosis screen are obtained at the following positions:


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 33 - 
Semi-closed loop 
error (No. 551) 
Σ Kp Speed 
control 
Machine
Conversion 
coefficients 
× Time 
constant 
Σ
Closed loop error 
(No. 550) 
Error between 
semi-closed and 
closed loops (No. 
552) 
Amount of dual 
position 
compensation (No. 
553) 
Motor
Servo amplifier
(Parameters No. 2078 and 2079)
(Parameter No. 2080) 
+ 
- - 
+ + 
+ 
- 
+ 
+ 
+ 
+ 
- 
Command
Ps
Automatic alteration of tool position compensation


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Diagnosis 0560 Manual tool compensation state number 
 [Data type] Byte 
 [Unit of data] None 
[Valid data range] 0 to 255 
When incomplete operation was performed in manual tool compensation, one of the 
following numbers is used for notification. 
0 : Manual tool compensation was completed normally. 
1 : The data of T code command falls outside the allowable range. 
2 : The offset value falls outside the range. 
3 : The offset number falls outside the range.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
4 : Automatic operation or axis movement is being performed in the CNC. 
5 : The CNC is in the tool-nose radius compensation mode. 
6 : The CNC is in a mode other than the JOG mode, HNDL (INC) mode, and REF 
mode. 
7 : A CNC parameter is illegal. 
State of high-speed HRV current control 
 #7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0 
Diagnosis 700 DCLNK HOK HON 
 [Data type] Bit axis 
 The state of high-speed HRV current control is displayed.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
#0 HON The motor is controlled in the high-speed HRV current control mode. 
 #1 HOK This bit is set to 1 when high-speed HRV current control is enabled. 
High-speed HRV current control is enabled when the following conditions are satisfied: 
• Bit 0 (HR3) of parameter No. 2013 is set to 1. 
• Servo software, servo modules, and servo amplifiers suitable for high-speed HRV 
current control are used. 
• When a separate detector interface unit is used, the separate detector interface unit is


key: chroma:document
string_value:
suitable for high-speed HRV current control. 
 #2 DCLNK This bit is set to 1 when voltage information can be output to the diagnosis screen.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 34 -
Spindle error and warning states
Diagnosis 710 Spindle error state
[Data type] Word spindle
Diagnosis 712 Spindle warning state
[Data type] Word spindle
When an error (yellow LED ON + error number indication) or a warning occurs in a 
Spindle Amplifier (SP), the number is indicated on the diagnosis screen.
If neither error nor warning occurs, 0 is indicated.
For spindle errors, refer to "FANUC AC SERVO MOTOR αi-B/αi series, AC SPINDLE


key: chroma:document
string_value:
MOTOR αi-B series, SERVO AMPLIFIER αi-B series, AC SERVO MOTOR βi-B/βi
series, AC SPINDLE MOTOR βi-B series, SERVO AMPLIFIER βi-B series
MAINTENANCE MANUAL" (B-65515EN).
For warnings, see Subsection, "Warning Interface" in this manual.
OVC level
Diagnosis 750 OVC level
[Data type] Word axis
[Unit of data] %
The proportion of soft thermal (OVC) in the alarm issuance level is indicated.
DC link voltage information
Diagnosis 752 DC link voltage information
[Data type] Word axis
[Unit of data] V


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[Unit of data] V
[Valid data range] 0 to 1023
DC link voltage information is indicated.
Servo motor
Diagnosis 760 R phase current value
[Data type] Word axis
[Unit of data] Value 6554 is equivalent to the maximum amplifier current.
[Valid data range] -6554 to +6554
The actual R phase current value of the servo motor is indicated.
Diagnosis 761 Effective current value
[Data type] Word axis
[Unit of data] Value 8027 is equivalent to the maximum amplifier current.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[Valid data range] -8027 to +8027
The effective current value of the servo motor is indicated.
Diagnosis 762 Activating phase
[Data type] Word axis
[Unit of data] Value 256 is equivalent to 360 degrees.
[Valid data range] 0 to 255
The activating phase (electrical angle) of the servo motor is indicated.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 35 -
Reason why a start cannot be performed
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Diagnosis 1005 OHT JMD
[Data type] Bit
The reason why a start cannot be performed is displayed.
#0 JMD M,S,T,B of manual numeric command is specified while M,S,T,B is being executed. 
#2 OHT Automatic operation can not start. (During a retract operation etc)
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Diagnosis 1006 RVS PTR NOP SRN ALM *SP
[Data type] Bit


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[Data type] Bit
The reason why a start cannot be performed is displayed.
#0 *SP The feed hold signal (*SP) is 0.
#1 ALM An alarm occurs.
#2 SRN The SRN signal is "1". 
#4 NOP The device is not ready in the DNC operation mode (RMT).
#6 PTR The tool retraction signal (TRESC) is "1".
Alternatively, the tool is not returned to the position where the tool retraction signal was 
input. 
#7 RVS Reverse operation of the program cannot be performed.
Alarm type
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0


key: chroma:document
string_value:
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Diagnosis 1007 PW IO OT SV SW
[Data type] Bit
The alarm type is displayed.
#0 SW Parameter writing switch on.
#1 SV Servo alarms.
#2 OT Overtravel alarms. 
#4 IO Memory file alarms. 
#5 PW Alarms requiring power to be turned off. 
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Diagnosis 1008 EX MC SR BG PS
[Data type] Bit
The alarm type is displayed.
#0 PS Alarms on program and operation
#1 BG Background edit alarms.
#2 SR Communication alarms.
#3 MC Macro alarms.
#4 EX External alarms.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
#4 EX External alarms. 
Reset / feed hold state
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Diagnosis 1010 RST ERS RRW ESP
[Data type] Bit
The reset / feed hold state is displayed.
#0 ESP During emergency stop.
#1 RRW The reset and rewind signal is "1"
#2 ERS The extermal reset signal is "1".
#3 RST The reset key is being pressed.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 36 -
Cause of turning off of the cycle start lamp
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Diagnosis 1011 HLD STP MOD ALM RST ERS RRW ESP
[Data type] Bit
The cause of turning off of the cycle start lamp is displayed.
#0 ESP During emergency stop.
#1 RRW The reset and rewind signal is "1".
#2 ERS The extermal reset signal is "1".
#3 RST The reset key is being pressed.
#4 ALM An alarm is being generated.
#5 MOD The mode has been changed to another mode.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
#6 STP Single–block stop.
#7 HLD During feed hold.
Cause of Lock
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Diagnosis 1013 SMZ
[Data type] Bit
The cause of the operation is locked.
#7 SMZ Waiting the acc/dec completion.
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Diagnosis 1014 FED POL EDC CS2 PST
[Data type] Bit
The cause of the operation is locked.
#2 PST Motion lock by parameter rewriting.
#3 CS2 Motion lock by threading, rigid tapping, spindle positioning, and EGB.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
#5 EDC The feedrate calculated by cutting feed instruction is almost 0.(when external deceleration 
is effective)
#6 POL The feedrate of one or less was calculated by polar coordinate interpolation.
#7 FED The feedrate calculated by cutting feed instruction is almost 0.(override etc)
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Diagnosis 1015 BCT
[Data type] Bit
The cause of the operation is locked.
#0 BCT Waiting for balance cutting.
Automatic data backup
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0


key: chroma:document
string_value:
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Diagnosis 1016 ANG ACM DT3 DT2 DT1 AEX
[Data type] Bit
The execution state of backup is indicated.
#0 AEX Automatic data backup is being performed.
#1 DT1 Data 1 was updated in the previous backup.
#2 DT2 Data 2 was updated in the previous backup.
#3 DT3 Data 3 was updated in the previous backup.
#6 ACM Automatic data backup was performed.
#7 ANG An error occurred in automatic data backup.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 37 -
Fan rotation speed
Diagnosis 1002 FAN1 rotation speed
Diagnosis 1003 FAN2 rotation speed
[Data type] 2-word
[Unit of data] 1/min
FAN1, FAN2
The rotation speed of the fans in the CNC controller are indicated.
If there is no applicable fan, 0 is indicated. 
Custom macro / execution macro / auxiliary macro
Diagnosis 1493 Number of blocks in the macro statements executed by a custom macro/execution macro
[Data type] 2-word
[Unit of data] Block


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[Unit of data] Block
Displays the number of blocks in the macro statements executed by a custom 
macro/execution macro per 1024 ms.
It provides an indication of the actual processing speed of macro statements.
Diagnosis 1494 Number of blocks in executed by an auxiliary macro
[Data type] 2-word
[Unit of data] Block
Displays the number of blocks executed by an auxiliary macro per 1024 ms.
It provides an indication of the actual processing speed of auxiliary macros.
CNC Fan Status


key: chroma:document
string_value:
CNC Fan Status
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Diagnosis 1495 NI2 NI1 FAN NI2 NI1 FAN
[Data type] Bit
#1 FAN For CNC fan 2 without a fan2
#3 NI2 to #2 NI1 For CNC fan 2 Exchange necessary information
#3 #2 State
0 0 Normal
0 1 Exchange necessary 1(The speed of the fan decreased)
1 0 Exchange necessary 2(The fan binds and starting-time is long.)
1 1 Exchange necessary 1 and 2
#5 FAN For CNC fan 1 without a fan1
#7 NI2 to #6 NI1 For CNC fan 1 Exchange necessary information
#7 #6 State
0 0 Normal


key: chroma:document
string_value:
#7 #6 State
0 0 Normal
0 1 Exchange necessary 1(The speed of the fan decreased)
1 0 Exchange necessary 2(The fan binds and starting-time is long.)
1 1 Exchange necessary 1 and 2
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Diagnosis 1496 NI2 NI1 FAN NI2 NI1 FAN
[Data type] Bit
#1 FAN For CNC fan 4 without a fan4
#3 NI2 to #2 NI1 For CNC fan 4 Exchange necessary information
#3 #2 State
0 0 Normal
0 1 Exchange necessary 1(The speed of the fan decreased)
#5 FAN For CNC fan 3 without a fan3


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 38 -
#7 NI2 to #6 NI1 For CNC fan 3 Exchange necessary information
#7 #6 State
0 0 Normal
0 1 Exchange necessary 1(The speed of the fan decreased)
Main Program
Diagnosis 1497 Main program change counter
[Data type] Byte path
[Unit of data] 1 time
[Valid data range] 0 to 255
This number counts change of main program from power on.
If this counter exceeds 255, it returns to 0 and is incremented again.
The counter turns to 0 when power is off.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Related to the Spindles
Diagnosis 1520 Spindle total revolution number 1
Diagnosis 1521 Spindle total revolution number 2
[Data type] 2-word spindle
[Unit of data] 1000 min-1
[Valid data range] 0 to 999999999
The number of revolutions of the spindle is counted and the total number of revolutions is 
indicated.
Diagnosis 1547 Rotating speed of spindle motor 
[Data type] 2-word spindle
[Unit of data] min-1
When parameter SSE(No.3791#0) is 1, the rotating speed of spindle motor is displayed in


key: chroma:document
string_value:
diagnosis data No.1547. Then, diagnosis data No.411 displays 0.
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Diagnosis 1570 LNK S2W
#0 S2W The spindle velocity resolution is a maximum spindle speed / 1048575[min-1
].
#7 LNK Communication with the spindle control side has been established.
Diagnosis data related to spindle speed fluctuation detection
Diagnosis 1590 The index number of the spindle axis that is subjected to spindle speed fluctuation detection
[Data type] 2-word path


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[Data type] 2-word path
The index number of the spindle axis that is subjected to spindle speed fluctuation 
detection is indicated.
Diagnosis 1591 Allowable speed ratio used to assume that the spindle has reached a specified speed
[Data type] Word path
[Unit of data] 1%, 0.1%
[Valid data range] 1 to 100, 1 to 1000
When the spindle speed fluctuation detection function is used, allowable speed ratio used 
to assume that the spindle has reached a specified speed is indicated.
NOTE


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 39 -
Diagnosis 1592 Spindle speed fluctuation ratio for not issuing a spindle speed fluctuation detection alarm
[Data type] Word path
[Unit of data] 1%, 0.1%
[Valid data range] 1 to 100, 1 to 1000
When the spindle speed fluctuation detection function is used, spindle speed fluctuation 
ratio for not issuing an alarm is indicated.
NOTE
The unit of data is determined by bit 0 (FLR) of parameter No. 4900.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Diagnosis 1593 Spindle speed fluctuation width for not issuing a spindle speed fluctuation detection alarm
[Data type] 2-word path
[Unit of data] min-1
[Valid data range] 0 to 99999 
When the spindle speed fluctuation detection function is used, allowable fluctuation 
width for not issuing an alarm is indicated.
Diagnosis 1594 Time from the change of a specified speed until spindle speed fluctuation detection is 
started
 [Data type] 2-word path
[Unit of data] msec
[Valid data range] 0 to 999999


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[Valid data range] 0 to 999999
When the spindle speed fluctuation detection function is used, time from the change of a 
specified speed until spindle speed fluctuation detection is started is indicated. In other 
words, spindle speed fluctuation detection is not performed until a set time has elapsed 
after a specified speed is changed. However, when the actual spindle speed is assumed to 
have reached a specified value within a set time, spindle speed fluctuation detection is 
started.
NOTE


key: chroma:document
string_value:
started.
NOTE
Diagnosis data Nos.1590 to 1594 are "0" when spindle speed fluctuation 
detection function is disabled as follows.
- G25 mode
- There is no spindle selected with the position coder selection signal
- The specified spindle speed is 0 min-1
- A search by program restart is in progress
- Spindle is under other than velocity control
Communication between spindle amplifier and servo amplifier
Diagnosis 1612 The index number of the spindle axis that synchronizes with each servo axis


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[Data type] Byte axis
The index number of the spindle axis that can use direct communication between a
spindle amplifier and a servo amplifier on FSSB connection is displayed.
Servo Leakage Detection Function
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
DGN 1700 VPG RLY ZOF ZTR INS ZMS ZND ZUD
[Data type] Bit axis
#0 ZUD When Leakage Detection Function is effective the insulation resistance is
0 : Measurement completion
1 : Unmeasurement
#1 ZND Leakage Detection Function
0 : Correspondence
1 : Non-correspondence


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 40 -
#2 ZMS Insulation resistance
0 : Measurement incompleteness end
1 : Measurement completion (completion:0→1、Emergency stop:0)
#3 INS Insulation resistance decrease
0 : (More than standard value.)Default 10MΩ
1 : The insulation resistance is abnormal. (Below standard value)
#4 ZTR Insulation resistance measurement circuit communication abnormality
0 : Normality
1 : Communication abnormality


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1 : Communication abnormality
#5 ZOF Insulation resistance measurement circuit offset is excessive
0 : Normality
1 : Offset is excessive
#6 RLY Between ground relay is abnormal. 
0 : Normality
1 : Abnormal.
#7 VPG The VPG offset is excessive. 
0 : Normality
1 : Offset is excessive
DGN 1701 Insulation resistance data
[Data type] Real axis
[Unit of data] MΩ
[Valid data range] 0.0 to 102.1
Spindle Leakage Detection Function
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
DGN 1702 VPG RLY ZOF ZTR INS ZMS ZND ZUD


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[Data type] Bit spindle
#0 ZUD When Leakage Detection Function is effective the insulation resistance is
0 : Measurement completion
1 : Unmeasurement
#1 ZND Leakage Detection Function
0 : Correspondence
1 : Non-correspondence
#2 ZMS Insulation resistance
0 : Measurement incompleteness end
1 : Measurement completion (completion:0→1, Emergency stop:0)
#3 INS Insulation resistance decrease
0 : (More than standard value.)Default 10MΩ


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1 : The insulation resistance is abnormal. (Below standard value)
#4 ZTR Insulation resistance measurement circuit communication abnormality
0 : Normality
1 : Communication abnormality
#5 ZOF Insulation resistance measurement circuit offset is excessive
0 : Normality
1 : Offset is excessive
#6 RLY Between ground relay is abnormal. 
0 : Normality
1 : Abnormal.
#7 VPG The VPG offset is excessive. 
0 : Normality
1 : Offset is excessive


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 41 -
DGN 1703 Insulation resistance data
[Data type] Real spindle
[Unit of data] MΩ
[Valid data range] 0.0 to 102.1
NOTE
Leakage Detection Function 1700 to 1703 is detected by the
emergency stop on.
And the data detected by the emergency stop off is maintained.
Internal cooling fan for the servo amplifier
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
DGN 1710 AI2 AI1 FAN AI2 AI1 FAN
[Data type] Bit axis
#1 FAN For servo amplifier internal cooling fan2 without a fan2


key: chroma:document
string_value:
#3 AI2 to #2 AI1 For servo amplifier internal cooling fan2 Exchange necessary information
#3 #2 State
0 0 Normal
0 1 Exchange necessary 1(The speed of the fan decreased)
#5 FAN For servo amplifier internal cooling fan1 without a fan1
#7 AI2 to #6 AI1 For servo amplifier internal cooling fan1 Exchange necessary information
#7 #6 State
0 0 Normal
0 1 Exchange necessary 1(The speed of the fan decreased)
Radiator cooling fan for servo amplifier
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0


key: chroma:document
string_value:
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
DGN 1713 AR2 AR1 FAN AR2 AR1 FAN
[Data type] Bit axis
#1 FAN Servo radiator cooling fan2 without a fan2
#3 AR2 to #2 AR1 Servo radiator cooling fan2 Exchange necessary information
#3 #2 State
0 0 Normal
0 1 Exchange necessary 1(The speed of the fan decreased)
#5 FAN Servo radiator cooling fan1 without a fan1
#7 AR2 to #6 AR1 Servo radiator cooling fan1 Exchange necessary information
#7 #6 State
0 0 Normal
0 1 Exchange necessary 1(The speed of the fan decreased)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Internal cooling fan for common power supply
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
DGN 1716 PI2 PI1 FAN PI2 PI1 FAN
[Data type] Bit axis
#1 FAN Common power supply internal cooling fan2 without a fan2
#3 PI2 to #2 PI1 Common power supply internal cooling fan2 Exchange necessary information
#3 #2 State
0 0 Normal
0 1 Exchange necessary 1(The speed of the fan decreased)
#5 FAN Common power supply internal cooling fan1 without a fan1


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 42 -
#7 PI2 to #6 PI1 Common power supply internal cooling fan1 Exchange necessary information
#7 #6 State
0 0 Normal
0 1 Exchange necessary 1(The speed of the fan decreased)
Radiator cooling fan for common power supply
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
DGN 1719 PR2 PR1 FAN PR2 PR1 FAN
[Data type] Bit axis
#1 FAN Common power supply radiator cooling fan2 without a fan2
#3 PR2 to #2 PR1 Common power supply radiator cooling fan2 Exchange necessary information


key: chroma:document
string_value:
#3 #2 State
0 0 Normal
0 1 Exchange necessary 1(The speed of the fan decreased)
#5 FAN Common power supply radiator cooling fan1 without a fan1
#7 PR2 to #6 PR1 Common power supply radiator cooling fan1 Exchange necessary information
#7 #6 State
0 0 Normal
0 1 Exchange necessary 1(The speed of the fan decreased)
Internal cooling fan for spindle amplifier
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
DGN 1722 AI2 AI1 FAN AI2 AI1 FAN
[Data type] Bit spindle
#1 FAN Spindle internal cooling fan2 without a fan2


key: chroma:document
string_value:
#3 AI2 to #2 AI1 Spindle internal cooling fan2 Exchange necessary information
#3 #2 State
0 0 Normal
0 1 Exchange necessary 1(The speed of the fan decreased)
#5 FAN Spindle internal cooling fan1 without a fan1
#7 AI2to#6 AI1 Spindle internal cooling fan1 Exchange necessary information
#7 #6 State
0 0 Normal
0 1 Exchange necessary 1(The speed of the fan decreased)
Radiator cooling fan for spindle amplifier
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
DGN 1725 AR2 AR1 FAN AR2 AR1 FAN
[Data type] Bit spindle


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[Data type] Bit spindle
#1 FAN Spindle radiator cooling fan2 without a fan2
#3 AR2 to #2 AR1 Spindle radiator cooling fan2 Exchange necessary information
#3 #2 State
0 0 Normal
0 1 Exchange necessary 1(The speed of the fan decreased)
#5 FAN Spindle radiator cooling fan1 without a fan1
#7 AR2 to #6 AR1 Spindle radiator cooling fan1 Exchange necessary information
#7 #6 State
0 0 Normal
0 1 Exchange necessary 1(The speed of the fan decreased)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 43 -
Internal cooling fan for common power supply
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
DGN 1728 PI2 PI1 FAN PI2 PI1 FAN
[Data type] Bit spindle
#1 FAN Common power supply internal cooling fan2 without a fan2
#3 PI2 to #2 PI1 Common power supply internal cooling fan2 Exchange necessary information
#3 #2 State
0 0 Normal
0 1 Exchange necessary 1(The speed of the fan decreased)
#5 FAN Common power supply internal cooling fan1 without a fan1


key: chroma:document
string_value:
#7 PI2 to #6 PI1 Common power supply internal cooling fan1 Exchange necessary information
#7 #6 State
0 0 Normal
0 1 Exchange necessary 1(The speed of the fan decreased)
Radiator cooling fan for common power supply
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
DGN 1731 PR2 PR1 FAN PR2 PR1 FAN
[Data type] Bit spindle
#1 FAN Common power supply radiator cooling fan2 without a fan2
#3 PR2 to #2 PR1 Common power supply radiator cooling fan2 Exchange necessary information
#3 #2 State
0 0 Normal


key: chroma:document
string_value:
#3 #2 State
0 0 Normal
0 1 Exchange necessary 1(The speed of the fan decreased)
#5 FAN Common power supply radiator cooling fan1 without a fan1
#7 PR2 to #6 PR1 Common power supply radiator cooling fan1 Exchange necessary information
#7 #6 State
0 0 Normal
0 1 Exchange necessary 1(The speed of the fan decreased)
Brake check function
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Diagnosis 1850 BAA BAW BLA BLW BIA BIW
[Data type] Bit axis


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[Data type] Bit axis
#0 BIW The gravity load torque ratio measured by the brake check has exceeded the threshold 
value (parameter No. 11591). Brake torque shortage.
#1 BIA The gravity load torque ratio measured by the brake check has exceeded the threshold 
value (parameter No. 11592). Brake torque shortage.
#2 BLW The machine friction torque ratio measured by the brake check has exceeded the 
threshold value (parameter No. 11593). Brake release is inadequate.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
#3 BLA The machine friction torque ratio measured by the brake check has exceeded the 
threshold value (parameter No. 11594). Brake release is inadequate.
#4 BAW The brake actuation time measured by the brake check has exceeded the threshold value 
(parameter No. 11595).
#5 BAA The brake actuation time measured by the brake check has exceeded the threshold value 
(parameter No. 11596).
Diagnosis 1856 Gravity load torque ratio measured by brake check
[Data type] Word axis
[Unit of data] %


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[Unit of data] %
[Valid data range] 0 to 100
The gravity load torque ratio measured by brake check is displayed. Upon completion of 
the check, the value at the end of the check is retained until the next check is started.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 44 -
Diagnosis 1857 Machine friction torque ratio measured by brake check
[Data type] Word axis
[Unit of data] %
[Valid data range] 0 to 100
The machine friction torque ratio measured by brake check is displayed. Upon 
completion of the check, the value at the end of the check is retained until the next check 
is started.
Diagnosis 1858 Brake actuation time measured by brake check
[Data type] Word axis
[Unit of data] msec
[Valid data range] 0 to 32767


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[Valid data range] 0 to 32767
The brake actuation time measured by brake check is displayed. Upon completion of the 
check, the value at the end of the check is retained until the next check is started.
Diagnosis 1859 Reason for canceling brake check
[Data type] Word axis
[Unit of data] None
[Valid data range] 0 to 128
If the brake check is not started, or the brake check is canceled, the reason will be 
displayed with the following numbers.
0：Normal condition
1：Brake check started during reset


key: chroma:document
string_value:
2：Brake check started when servo off or emergency stop
3：Brake check started at alarm occurrence
4：Brake check started when it is not jog mode
5：Brake check started during dual check safety brake test
6：Brake check started during automatic operation
7：Brake check started during manual numeric command
8：Brake check started during axis movement
9：Brake check started during torque control or speed control
10：Brake check started during PMC axis control
11：Brake check started when torque limit reached


key: chroma:document
string_value:
12：Brake check started during flexible path axis assignment
13：It is a motor not supported(DD motor)
14：Invalid setting of movement amount or speed
40：Brake check start signal BCS was turn off during brake check
41：Brake check was interrupted due to an alarm of another cause during brake check
42：Brake check was interrupted by reset mode switching during brake check
43：Brake check was interrupted due to servo off / emergency stop during brake check


key: chroma:document
string_value:
44：Control switched to torque control and speed control during brake check
45：Torque limit reached during brake check
46：It was interrupted due to an abnormality in the brake control system during the brake 
check.(Time)
47：It was interrupted due to an abnormality in the brake control system during the brake 
check.(Speed)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 45 -
Detector battery exhaustion
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Diagnosis 3019 EXP INP ABP
[Data type] Bit axis
If a detector battery low alarm is issued, the cause can be checked.
#3 ABP The battery of the A/B phase is low. 
#4 INP The battery of the serial pulse coder (built-in position detector) is low.
#5 EXP The battery of the separate detector of serial type is low.
Diagnosis data related to axis synchronous control


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Diagnosis 3500 Synchronization error amount
[Data type] 2-word axis
[Unit of data] Detection unit
[Valid data range] −99999999 to +99999999
The difference in position (synchronization error amount) between the master axis and 
slave axis is indicated. This data is indicated for the slave axis.
Diagnosis 3501 Synchronization error compensation value
[Data type] 2-word axis
[Unit of data] Detection unit
[Valid data range] −99999999 to +99999999


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Cumulative value of compensation pulses (synchronization error compensation value) 
output to the slave axis is indicated. This data is indicated for the slave axis.
Diagnosis data related to synchronous/composite control
Diagnosis 3502 Indication of synchronization error amount for each axis
[Data type] 2-word axis
[Unit of data] Detection unit
[Valid data range] −99999999 to +99999999
When synchronization deviation is detected (bit 1 (SERx) of parameter No. 8162 is set to


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1), the positional deviation difference of the slave axis from the master axis is indicated.
The positional deviation difference is:
(Positional deviation of master axis) ± (positional deviation of slave axis)
↑ +when mirror image is applied to synchronization command
−when mirror image is not applied to synchronization command
Diagnosis data related to axis synchronous control 2
Diagnosis 3506 SYNC TORQUE DIFFERENCE
[Data type] word axis
[Valid data range] 0 to 32767


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[Valid data range] 0 to 32767
The absolute torque difference value between the master axis and the slave axis in the 
axis synchronous control is displayed.
Details of invalid FSSB setting alarms
Diagnosis 3510 FSSB alarm number
[Data type] Word
Information is output for identifying the location (parameter) and cause of an 
FSSB-related alarm which has been issued. For the displayed detail numbers and 
corresponding causes and actions, see the table below. When multiple FSSB alarm


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 46 -
Detail 
alarm No.
Parameter 
number Cause Action
120
451
452
-
The FSSB internal status did not 
change to open.
Check the connection between the CNC 
and each amplifier. Alternatively, the 
servo card may be faulty.
140
450 24000 to 24095
The ATR value is inconsistent with the 
connected slave (servo, spindle, or 
separate detector).
Set the ATR value corresponding to the 
connected slave.
271 3717
24000 to 24095


key: chroma:document
string_value:
271 3717
24000 to 24095
The spindle amplifier number 
corresponding to the ATR value 
setting is not set.
Make the spindle amplifier number 
consistent with the ATR value setting.
272 24000 to 24031
24064 to 24095
The fifth to eighth separate detector is 
set for the first FSSB line (third FSSB 
line).
Do not set the fifth to eighth separate 
detectors for the first FSSB line (third 
FSSB line).
273 24032 to 24063
The first to fourth (ninth to twelfth)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
separate detector is set for the second 
FSSB line.
Do not set the first to fourth (ninth to 
twelfth) separate detectors for the 
second FSSB line.
276 24000 to 24095 The setting for a separate detector is 
made more than once.
Make the setting for each separate 
detector only once in the servo card.
290 24000 to 24095
The maximum number of slaves per 
FSSB line is exceeded for an FSSB 
line of servo HRV2 control.
Reduce the number of slaves to 32 
(maximum number of slaves per FSSB


key: chroma:document
string_value:
line of servo HRV2 control) or less.
291 24000 to 24095
The maximum number of slaves per 
FSSB line is exceeded for an FSSB 
line of servo HRV3 control.
Reduce the number of slaves to 15 
(maximum number of slaves per FSSB 
line of servo HRV3 control) or less.
310 1023
24104 to 24199
The servo axis number corresponding 
to the ATR value setting of a separate 
detector is not set for parameter No. 
1023.
Set the value corresponding to the ATR 
value setting for parameter No. 1023.
313
1023


key: chroma:document
string_value:
313
1023
14476#5
24104 to 24199
The servo axis number corresponding 
to the ATR value setting of a separate 
detector is not set for parameter No. 
1023.
Set the value corresponding to the ATR 
value setting for parameter No. 1023.
314
1023
14476#5
24104 to 24199
The ATR value setting of a separate 
detector is invalid.
Correct the settings of parameters Nos. 
24104 to 24199.
383 -
Manual setting 1 cannot be performed 
when a separate detector is used.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Disconnect the separate detector. 
Alternatively, perform manual setting or 
automatic setting.
453 -
Servo initialization has not completed 
successfully.
An optical cable may be faulty or the 
connection between the amplifier and 
another module may be incorrect.
454 - Alarm No. 550 to 556 of diagnostic 
data No. 3511 occurred.
Check diagnostic data No. 3511.
460 24000 to 24095
The ATR value of a spindle or 
separate detector is set for a slave 
which is not connected.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
which is not connected.
Set the ATR value corresponding to the 
connected slave.
471 24000 to 24095
Although a separate detector is 
connected, the separate detector 
setting is not made.
Set the value for the separate detector in 
the corresponding parameter.
480 24000 to 24095 In ATR value setting, a servo axis 
number exceeds 80.
Make settings so that any servo axis 
number does not exceed 80.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 47 -
Diagnosis 3511 FSSB alarm number
[Data type] Word axis
Information is output for identifying the location (parameter) and cause of an 
FSSB-related alarm which has been issued. For the displayed detail numbers and 
corresponding causes and actions, see the table below. When multiple FSSB alarm 
numbers appear, address the alarms in ascending order of the FSSB alarm number.
Detail 
alarm No.
Parameter 
number Cause Action
210 24096 to 24103


key: chroma:document
string_value:
210 24096 to 24103
Although a separate detector is not 
set, a value is set in parameter No. 
24096 to 24103.
Set parameter Nos. 24096 to 24103 to 
all 0.
220 1023 An unavailable servo axis number is 
set.
Change the servo axis number.
221 1023 A servo axis number is set more than 
once.
Change the servo axis number.
250 24096 to 24103
For a specific servo axis, two or more 
separate detectors are used and the 
paired separate detectors are two of


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the first, third, fifth, and seventh units 
or the second, fourth, sixth, and eighth 
units.
To use two separate detectors for a 
specific servo axis, one separate 
detector must have an odd number and 
the other must have an even number. 
Three or more separate detectors 
cannot be used.
270 1023
24000 to 24095
• The servo axis number 
corresponding to the ATR value 
setting is not set for parameter 
No. 1023.
• An unavailable servo axis number 
is set.
• A servo axis number is set more


key: chroma:document
string_value:
than once.
Check the conditions on the left.
292 1023
2013#0
For an FSSB line of servo HRV3 
control, only the following servo axis 
numbers can be used:
(1 + 8n, 2 + 8n, 3 + 8n, 4 + 8n (n = 0, 
1, ⋅ ⋅ ⋅, 9))
For the FSSB line of servo HRV3 
control, set the servo axis numbers on 
the left.
311 24096 to 24103 A connector number is invalid. Specify a value between 0 and 8.
314 24096 to 24103
A connector number is set more than 
once.
Make setting so that each connector


key: chroma:document
string_value:
number is used only once for one 
separate detector.
350 2013#0
2014#0
Different current loops (HRV) are 
used for FSSB lines.
Set the same current loop (HRV) for the 
FSSB lines.
360
1023
2013#0
2014#0
Different current loops (HRV) are set 
for the first and second FSSB lines 
and parameter No. 1023 setting is 
invalid.
Set servo axis numbers so that each set 
of (1 to 6), (9 to 14), (17 to 22), (25 to 
30), (33 to 38), and (41 to 46) is set for 
the same FSSB line.
370
1902#0


key: chroma:document
string_value:
370
1902#0
1902#1
2013#0
2014#0
When servo HRV3 control is set, 
manual setting 1 cannot be 
performed.
To set servo HRV3 control, perform 
manual setting or automatic setting.
380 1023
When a servo axis number is skipped, 
manual setting 1 cannot be 
performed.
Set servo axis numbers without skipping 
any number.
382 1023
An attempt was made to perform 
manual setting 1 though the maximum 
number of controlled axes per FSSB 
line is exceeded.
Reduce the number of connected servo


key: chroma:document
string_value:
axes to the maximum number of 
controlled axes or less.
470 24000 to 24095 An ATR value is set more than once. Set each ATR value only once.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 48 -
Detail 
alarm No.
Parameter 
number Cause Action
481 1023
24000 to 24095
A servo axis number is inconsistent 
with the ATR value setting or the 
servo motor having a servo axis 
number is not connected.
Check whether the value set in 
parameter No. 1023 is consistent with 
ATR value setting and whether the servo 
motor corresponding to each servo axis 
number is connected.
520 2165
At power-on, amplifier ID information 
could not be read.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
could not be read.
Check the connection between the CNC 
and each amplifier.
Alternatively, an amplifier may be faulty.
550 1023
24000 to 24095
The ATR value setting is inconsistent 
with the servo axis number setting.
Make the value set in parameter No. 
1023 consistent with the ATR value 
setting.
551 24000 to 24095
The number of ATR value settings 
exceeds the number of slaves 
connected to the CNC.
Make as many settings as the number of 
slaves connected to the CNC.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
slaves connected to the CNC.
552 1023 An unavailable servo axis number is 
set.
Change the servo axis number.
553 1023 A servo axis number is set more than 
once.
Change the servo axis number.
554 24096 to 24103
A value is set in parameter No. 24096 
to 24103 though no separate detector 
is connected.
Set parameters Nos. 24096 to 24103 to 
all 0.
555
557
558
2165
The maximum current of an amplifier 
(parameter No. 2165) differs from that 
of a motor.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
of a motor.
Set the maximum current of the amplifier 
(parameter No. 2165) to that of the 
motor.
1023 1023 An invalid servo axis number is set. Set a correct servo axis number.
Diagnosis 3513 FSSB alarm number
[Data type] Word spindle
Information is output for identifying the location (parameter) and cause of an 
FSSB-related alarm which has been issued.
For the displayed detail numbers and corresponding causes and actions, see the table


key: chroma:document
string_value:
below. When multiple FSSB alarm numbers appear, address the alarms in ascending 
order of the FSSB alarm number.
Detail 
alarm No.
Parameter 
number Cause Action
271 3717
24000 to 24095
An ATR value is set more than once. Make each spindle amplifier consistent 
with the ATR value setting.
381 3717
When a spindle amplifier number is 
skipped, manual setting 1 cannot be 
performed.
Set spindle amplifier numbers without 
skipping any number.
Absolute Position Detection


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Absolute Position Detection
Diagnosis 3520 Information of setting the zero point for absolute position detection
[Data type] Byte axis
[Unit of data] None
[Valid data range] 0 to 3
To set the zero point of absolute position detection:
0 : is not performed yet.
1 : was performed by the manual reference position return.
2 : was performed by MDI operation.
3 : was performed by the reading of parameter file.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 49 -
Diagnosis data related to linear scale with absolute address reference marks
Diagnosis 3545 Linear scale with absolute address reference marks: Measurement point 1
Diagnosis 3546 Linear scale with absolute address reference marks: Measurement point 2
Diagnosis 3547 Linear scale with absolute address reference marks: Measurement point 3
Diagnosis 3548 Linear scale with absolute address reference marks: Measurement point 4
[Data type] 2-word axis


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[Data type] 2-word axis
[Unit of data] Detection unit
[Valid data range] -999999999 to 999999999
Diagnosis 3549 Linear scale with absolute address reference marks: Status display
Diagnosis 3550 Linear scale with absolute address reference marks: Scale value
[Data type] 2-word axis
[Unit of data] Detection unit
[Valid data range] -999999999 to 999999999
Diagnosis 3551 Linear scale with absolute address reference marks: Scale value (High)
[Data type] 2-word axis
[Unit of data] Detection unit


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[Unit of data] Detection unit
[Valid data range] -999 to 999
Linear scale with absolute address reference marks
Scale value = Diagnosis No.3551 × 1,000,000,000 + Diagnosis No.3550
Wrong operation prevention function
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Diagnosis 3570 MSC
[Data type] Bit path
#0 MSC Memory operation is stopped due to the reconfirming of midway block start.
In a multipath system, the bit is set to 1 on only the path on which the cursor is position in 
the middle of the program.
Detection unit


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Detection unit
Diagnosis 3740 Detection unit
[Data type] Real axis
[Unit of data] mm, inch, deg (machine unit)
[Valid data range] 0.0 to 99.99
This diagnosis data displays detection unit.
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Diagnosis 3741 DEG IN. MM
[Data type] Bit axis
#0 MM Detection unit is:
0: Not mm
1: mm
#1 IN. Detection unit is:
0: Not inch
1: inch


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 50 -
#2 DEG Detection unit is:
0: Not degree
1: degree
Diagnosis data related to flexible path axis assignment
Diagnosis 4000 Reason number of alarm in flexible path axis assignment
The cause of the alarm that may be issued in flexible path axis assignment is displayed.
1 The number of axes in the path is 0.
2 The number of axes in the path is larger than its allowable maximum value.
3 The removal command has no ID specification.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
4 The removal command has a duplicate ID specification.
5 An axis specified with removal command P does not exist in the path or has been 
removed from the path.
6 An axis specified with removal command Q does not exist in the path or has been 
removed from the path.
7 An axis specified with removal command R does not exist in the path or has been 
removed from the path.
8 An axis specified with the removal command does not exist in the path or has been 
removed from the path.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
removed from the path.
9 The removal command has no axis specification or has an ID specification.
10 In flexible path axis assignment, the ID specification is incorrect.
11 The assignment command has no ID specification.
12 The assignment command has a duplicate ID specification.
13 The assignment command has a duplicate axis arrangement specification.
14 The path specified with the arrangement command has no target axis or the 
arrangement command has no ID specification.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
15 The path specified with the arrangement command has an invalid axis assignment 
specification.
16 An axis whose removal a command is waiting for belongs to the path where the 
command was issued.
18 An axis whose removal an exchange command is waiting for belongs to the path 
paired with the path where the exchange command was issued.
19 An axis for which an assignment command was issued is yet to be removed. (Bit 1 
of parameter No. 11561 is set to 1.)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
20 An axis for which an assignment command is issued in a path belongs to another 
path where a removal command for it has been issued.
21 An axis for which an assignment command was issued is yet to be removed.
22 The assignment command has no axis specification or has an ID specification.
24 An axis at which an exchange command is targeted belongs to the path where the 
exchange command was issued.
25 The exchange command has no ID specification.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
26 The exchange command has a duplicate ID specification.
27 In a system having 3 or more paths, an exchange command has no L specification.
28 An axis targeted by an exchange command was not found in the source path (path 
where this exchange command was issued).
29 An axis specified in the exchange command is being processed by another command 
or has already been removed.
30 An axis targeted by an exchange command was not found in the destination path


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(path paired with a path where another exchange command was issued for the axis).
32 The exchange command has no target axis.
33 The exchange command has a conflict.
34 The exchange command has no axis specification or has an ID specification.
35 A cycle other than flexible path axis assignment is under way.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 51 -
36 An attempt was made to perform flexible path axis assignment during the SV 
rotation control mode.
37 An attempt was made to perform flexible path axis assignment during the polygon 
turning mode. 
38 An attempt was made to perform flexible path axis assignment during PMC axis 
control.
39 An attempt was made to perform flexible path axis assignment during the high 
precision oscillation mode.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
precision oscillation mode.
40 An attempt was made to perform flexible path axis assignment during mirror 
imaging.
41 An attempt was made to perform flexible path axis assignment during 3-dimensional 
coordinate conversion.
42 An attempt was made to perform flexible path axis assignment during coordinate 
system rotation.
43 An attempt was made to perform flexible path axis assignment during scaling.
44 An attempt was made to perform flexible path axis assignment during axis 
synchronization.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
synchronization.
45 An attempt was made to perform flexible path axis assignment for an axis already 
removed.
46 An attempt was made to perform flexible path axis assignment for an axis under 
composite control.
47 An attempt was made to perform flexible path axis assignment for an axis under 
synchronous control.
48 An attempt was made to perform flexible path axis assignment for an axis under 
superimposed control.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
superimposed control.
55 An attempt was made to perform flexible path axis assignment simultaneously with 
an axis move command.
56 An attempt was made to perform flexible path axis assignment during tool 
compensation.
Diagnosis 4001 Belonging path of axis in flexible path axis assignment
A path (specified by parameter No. 981) to which an axis specified for flexible path axis 
assignment belongs is displayed.
0 : Source path
1 to 10 : Destination path (because of assignment or exchange)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
-1 to -10 : Already removed
Amount of shift for automatic operation
Diagnosis 4100 Amount of travel distance by manual operation or PMC axis control
Diagnosis 4101 Amount of travel distance by manual handle interruption
Diagnosis 4102 Amount of G92 offset (G50 for G code system A in T series)
Diagnosis 4103 Amount of G52 offset
Diagnosis 4104 Amount of travel distance during machine lock
Diagnosis 4107 Amount of travel distance during mirror image
[Data type] Real axis


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 52 -
Communication
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Diagnosis 4400 BD2 BD1
[Data type] Bit
When the communication alarm “SR2038” occurs, the detail information of wrong 
hardware is indicated.
#2 BD1 Fast Ethernet board mounted in slot 1.
#3 BD2 Fast Ethernet board mounted in slot 2.
NOTE
When the communication alarm “SR2038” does not occur, all bits 
are “0”.
Diagnosis 4401 Details of communication alarm
[Data type] Byte
[Unit of data] None


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[Unit of data] None
[Valid data range] 0 to 7
When the communication alarm “SR2038” occurs, the information is indicated.
0: The communication’s combination is correct.
1: The number of the mounted Fast Ethernet board exceeds limitation. The number of 
the Fast Ethernet board that can be mounted is up to three.
2: The Fast Ethernet board that diagnosis data No.4400 indicates doesn’t exist. 
Confirm the Fast Ethernet board specified for parameters Nos.970 to 976.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
3: In the Fast Ethernet board that diagnosis data No.4400 indicates, the working 
communication function is not specified. Parameters Nos.970 to 976 are wrong 
though the Fast Ethernet board exists. Specify “-1” for parameters Nos.970 to 976 
when not using it.
4: In the Fast Ethernet board that diagnosis data No.4400 indicates, two or more of the 
Data Server functions, FL-net functions, EtherNet/IP functions, and PROFINET


key: chroma:document
string_value:
functions are specified simultaneously. The Data Server functions, FL-net functions, 
EtherNet/IP functions, and PROFINET functions are mutually exclusive. Specify 
parameters Nos.970 to 976 so that these communication functions operate in 
different Fast Ethernet board.
5: In the Fast Ethernet board that diagnosis data No.4400 indicates, a software option 
of necessary communication function is not effective. For parameter No.970, the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Fast Ethernet board specified for parameter No.971 or 973 is specified. Alternatively, 
a Fast Ethernet board is specified for parameter No.970 and parameter No. 975 is set 
to “10”, “20”, or “30”.
6: In the Fast Ethernet board that diagnosis data No.4400 indicates, a software option 
of necessary communication function is not effective.
7: Necessary software is not installed.
Total of the current actual power consumption of all servo axes/spindles


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Diagnosis 4900 Total of current actual power consumption of all axes
[Data type] 2-word
[Unit of data] W
NOTE
The actual power consumption is obtained by subtracting the 
regenerative power from the power consumption. If the 
regenerative power exceeds the power consumption, the actual 
power consumption becomes a negative value.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 53 -
Current actual power consumption of each servo axis
Diagnosis 4901 Current actual power consumption of each servo axis
[Data type] 2-word axis
[Unit of data] W
NOTE
This power consumption becomes a negative value during 
regeneration of power such as reduction in servo axis speed.
Current actual power consumption of each spindle
Diagnosis 4902 Current actual power consumption of each spindle
[Data type] 2-word spindle
[Unit of data] W
NOTE


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[Unit of data] W
NOTE
This power consumption becomes a negative value during 
regeneration of power such as reduction in spindle speed.
Accumulated value of the total power consumption of all servo axes/spindles
Diagnosis 4910 Accumulated value of the total actual power consumption of all axes
Diagnosis 4911 Accumulated value of the total power consumption of all axes
Diagnosis 4912 Accumulated value of the total regenerated power of all axes
[Data type] 2-word
[Unit of data] 0.001kWh
NOTE


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[Unit of data] 0.001kWh
NOTE
These values are accumulated after power-on.
Accumulated value of power consumption of each servo axis
Diagnosis 4920 Accumulated value of the actual power consumption of each servo axis
Diagnosis 4921 Accumulated value of the power consumption of each servo axis
Diagnosis 4922 Accumulated value of the regenerated power of each servo axis
[Data type] 2-word axis
[Unit of data] 0.001kWh
NOTE
These values are accumulated after power-on.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Accumulated value of power consumption of each spindle
Diagnosis 4930 Accumulated value of the actual power consumption of each spindle
Diagnosis 4931 Accumulated value of the power consumption of each spindle
Diagnosis 4932 Accumulated value of the regenerated power of each spindle
[Data type] 2-word spindle
[Unit of data] W
NOTE
These values are accumulated after power-on.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 54 -
Interpolation state
Diagnosis 5000 Smoothing mode
[Data type] Bit
NAME Interpolation state when "1" is indicated
TOLERANCE ON
When smooth tolerance+ control G5.1 Q3 is specified and all conditions are satisfied, "1"
is indicated. G5.1 Q3 command turns on AI contour control at the same time. Therefore,
the AI contour control mode signal AICC<Fn062.0> turns on.
Diagnosis data related to Smart Adaptive Control
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0


key: chroma:document
string_value:
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Diagnosis 5400 OHA CDT CSL
[Data type] Bit path
#0 CSL Constant spindle load control is working.
#1 CDT Overheat avoidance control (type B) is working.
#2 OHA Overheat avoidance control (type A) is working.
Diagnosis 5401 Override of Smart adaptive control
[Data type] Real path
[Unit of data] %
Override of Smart adaptive control is displayed.
Diagnosis 5402 Aiming spindle load of Smart adaptive control
[Data type] Word path
[Unit of data] %


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[Unit of data] %
Aiming spindle load of Smart adaptive control is displayed. When parameter No.24764,
or No.24771 is set, present value of aiming spindle load which changing rate is applied to 
is displayed.
Diagnosis data related to automatic phase synchronization for flexible 
synchronous control
Diagnosis 5600 Error of automatic phase synchronization (group A)
Diagnosis 5601 Error of automatic phase synchronization (group B)
Diagnosis 5602 Error of automatic phase synchronization (group C)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Diagnosis 5603 Error of automatic phase synchronization (group D)
[Data type] Real path
[Unit of data] mm, inch, deg (machine unit)
Error between master axis and slave axis after executing automatic phase Synchronization 
for flexible synchronous control is displayed.
This data is displayed in the path of slave axis in inter-path flexible synchronous control.
Diagnosis 5604 Maximum error of Automatic Phase Synchronization (group A)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Diagnosis 5605 Maximum error of Automatic Phase Synchronization (group B)
Diagnosis 5606 Maximum error of Automatic Phase Synchronization (group C)
Diagnosis 5607 Maximum error of Automatic Phase Synchronization (group D)
[Data type] Real path
[Unit of data] mm, inch, deg (machine unit)
Maximum error between master axis and slave axis after executing automatic phase
synchronization for flexible synchronous control is displayed.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
This data is displayed in the path of slave axis in inter-path flexible synchronous control.
This data is cleared when automatic operation is started in auto mode.
This data is cleared when flexible synchronous control is started in manual mode.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 55 - 
1.4 CNC STATE DISPLAY 
 - Description of each display 
(1) 
(2) (3) (4) 
(5) : 
(5) is displayed in the 
area for (3) and (4). 
(7) (8) 
(10) : 
(10) is displayed at the 
position where (8) is 
now displayed. 
(9) 
(6) 
Fig. 1.4 
(1) Current mode 
MDI : Manual data input, MDI operation 
MEM : Automatic operation (memory operation) 
RMT : Automatic operation (DNC operation, or such like) 
EDIT : Memory editing 
HND : Manual handle feed


key: chroma:document
string_value:
HND : Manual handle feed 
JOG : Jog feed 
INC : Manual incremental feed 
REF : Manual reference position return 
(2) Automatic operation status 
**** : Reset (When the power is turned on or the state in which program execution has terminated and 
automatic operation has terminated.) 
STOP : Automatic operation stop (The state in which one block has been executed and automatic 
operation is stopped.) 
HOLD : Feed hold (The state in which execution of one block has been interrupted and automatic


key: chroma:document
string_value:
operation is stopped.) 
STRT : Automatic operation start-up (The state in which the system operates automatically) 
MSTR : Manual numerical command start state (The state in which a manual numerical command is 
being executed) 
 Alternatively, tool retract and recover operation state (The state in which a recover operation 
and repositioning operation are being performed) 
(3) Axis moving status/dwell status 
MTN : Indicates that the axis is moving. 
DWL : Indicates the dwell state.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
*** : Indicates a state other than the above. 
(4) State in which an auxiliary function is being executed 
FIN : Indicates the state in which an auxiliary function is being executed. (Waiting for the complete 
signal from the PMC) 
*** : Indicates a state other than the above.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 56 -
(5) Emergency stop or reset status
--EMG-- : Indicates emergency stop.(Blinks in reversed display.)
--RESET-- : Indicates that the reset signal is being received.
(6) Alarm status
ALM : Indicates that an alarm is issued. (Blinks in reversed display.)
BAT : Indicates that the voltage of the lithium battery (the backup battery of the CNC) has decreased. 
(Blinks in reversed display.)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(Blinks in reversed display.)
APC : Indicates that the voltage of the backup battery of the absolute pulse coder has decreased. 
(Blinks in reversed display.)
FAN : Indicates that the rotation speed of the fan has decreased. (Blinks in reversed display.)
Check the fan monitor screen and replace the fan motors for which the rotation speed is found to 
be decreased.
LKG : Indicates that the deterioration of insulation has been detected. (Blinks in reversed display.)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Check the leakage motor screen and check the axis where the deterioration of the insulation is 
detected. 
PMC : Indicates that a PMC alarm is issued. (Blinks in reversed display.)
Space : Indicates a state other than the above.
(7) Current time
hh : mm : ss - Hours, minutes, and seconds
(8) Program editing status
INPUT : Indicates that data is being input.
OUTPUT : Indicates that data is being output.
SEARCH : Indicates that a search is being performed.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
EDIT : Indicates that another editing operation is being performed (insertion, modification, etc.)
RSTR : Indicates that the program is being restarted
COMPARE : Indicates that a data comparison is being made.
OFST : Indicates that the tool length compensation amount measurement mode is set 
(for the machining center system) or that the tool length compensation amount write mode 
is set (for the lathe system).
WOFS : Indicates that the workpiece origin offset amount measurement mode is set.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
AICC1 : Indicates that operation is being performed in the AI contour control I mode. (Parameters 
Nos.3241 to 3247)
AICC2 : Indicates that operation is being performed in the AI contour control II mode. (Parameters 
Nos.3251 to 3257)
AI APC : Indicates that operation is being performed in the AI advanced preview control mode. (M 
series only, parameters Nos.3241 to 3247)
MEM-CHK : Indicates that a program memory check is being made.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
WSFT : Indicates that the workpiece shift amount write mode is set.
TWP : Indicates that operation is being performed in the tilted working plane indexing mode.
Space : Indicates that no editing operation is being performed.
(9) Warning for data setting or input/output operation
When invalid data is entered (wrong format, value out of range, etc.), when input is disabled (wrong 
mode, write disabled, etc.), or when input/output operation is incorrect (wrong mode, etc.), a warning


key: chroma:document
string_value:
message is displayed. When the RS-232C communication port is being used, “CANNOT USE I/O 
DEVICE” is displayed.
In this case, the CNC does not accept the setting or input/output operation (retry the operation according 
to the message).


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 57 -
Example 1)
When a parameter is entered
Example 2)
When a parameter is entered
Example 3)
When a parameter is output to an external input/output device
(10) Tool post name 
The number of a path whose status is indicated is displayed.
PATH1 : Indicates that the status being indicated is for path 1.
Other names can be used depending on the settings of parameters 3141 to 3147.
The tool post name is displayed at the position where (8) is now displayed.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 58 -
1.5 OPERATING MONITOR
Load meter of the servo axis and the serial spindle and the speed meter can be displayed.
1.5.1 Display Method
1 Set a parameter to display operating monitor. (Bit 5 (OPM) of parameter No.3111)
2 Press the key to display the position display screen.
3 Press continuous menu key , then soft key [MONITOR] is displayed.
4 Press the soft key [MONITOR], then the operating monitor screen is displayed.
CAUTION


key: chroma:document
string_value:
CAUTION
1 The bar graph for the load meter shows load up to 200%.
2 The bar graph for the speed meter shows the ratio of the current spindle speed 
to the maximum spindle speed (100%). Although the speed meter normally 
indicates the speed of the spindle motor, it can also be used to indicate the 
speed of the spindle by setting bit 6 (OPS) of parameter 3111 to 1.
3 The servo axes for their load meters are displayed are set to parameter No.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
3151 to 3153. If parameters 3151 to 3153 are all zero, the load meter of the 
basic axes are displayed.
4 When high precision spindle speed control is enabled, these values are rounded 
off to nearest integers.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 59 -
1.5.2 Parameters
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
3111 OPS OPM
[Input type] Setting input
[Data type] Bit path
#5 OPM Operating monitor
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed
#6 OPS The speedometer on the operating monitor screen indicates:
0: Spindle motor speed
1: Spindle speed
1.6 WAVEFORM DIAGNOSIS DISPLAY
The waveform diagnosis display function traces values of data such as servo positional deviation amount,


key: chroma:document
string_value:
torque, and machine signals and plots and displays a graph representing changes in the traced data. This 
function facilitates servo motor and spindle motor adjustment and fault location when trouble has 
occurred.
The waveform diagnosis function can trace the following data:
(1) Servo-related data
• Positional deviation amount
• Pulse amount after distribution
• Torque amount (actual current)
• Pulse amount after acceleration/deceleration
• Current command value
• Heat simulation data


key: chroma:document
string_value:
• Heat simulation data
• Composite speed of all axes
(2) Spindle-related data
• Speed of each spindle
• Load meter value
• Difference in spindle-converted positional deviation during rigid tapping
(3) Machine signal
• ON/OFF state of the external I/O signal specified by a signal address
Up to four servo and spindle data items or up to 32 signals can be traced at the same time.
Data can be traced under the following three conditions:
(1) Data is acquired at any point of time.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(2) Data immediately after a specified event is acquired.
(3) Data immediately before a specified event is acquired.
In condition (3), the time to end tracing can be delayed by a specified time. This allows data before and 
after the occurrence of an event can be acquired.
Traced data can be output to an external input/output device.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 60 -
1.6.1 Waveform Diagnosis Graph Screen
Display
1 Press the function key .
2 Pressing the soft key [W.DGNS] displays a screen as shown below.
3 Pressing the operation soft key [(OPRT)] displays the following soft keys:
- Servo and spindle data
Each waveform is drawn in a specified color. The numbers and colors of the first and second waveforms 
are indicated in the upper left part, and the numbers and colors of the third and fourth waveforms are


key: chroma:document
string_value:
indicated in the upper right part.
- I/O signals
When displayed over the waveforms of servo and spindle data, up to four I/O signals are plotted in the 
lower half of the screen.
In this case, the addresses of the plotted signals are indicated in the second column on the left side.
When only signal data is displayed, up to nine signals are plotted in the entire screen.
The addresses of the plotted signals are indicated in the first column on the left side.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 61 -
1.6.2 Waveform Diagnosis Parameter Screen
Display
1 Press the function key .
2 Press the soft key [W.DGNS].
3 Pressing the soft key [PARAME] displays the waveform diagnosis parameter screen.
Editing
1 Follow the steps explained in "Display" to display the screen.
2 Pressing the cursor keys moves the cursor on the screen.
3 Press numeric keys, then press the MDI key or soft key [INPUT] to set the entered value.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 62 -
4 Press the [(OPRT)] operation soft key to display the following operation soft keys:
Pressing [>]displays the following soft keys:
Pressing [TRACE] displays the trace setting screen of the waveform diagnosis parameter screen.
Pressing [WAVE] displays the waveform setting screen of the waveform diagnosis parameter screen.
Pressing [SIGNAL] displays the signal setting screen of the waveform diagnosis parameter screen.
Trace setting
- Trace condition


key: chroma:document
string_value:
- Trace condition
One of the following three trace conditions can be selected to start and end tracing:
Type 1 (1: JUST)
Data is traced only for a specified period of time immediately after the soft key [TRACE] is pressed.
[TRACE] pressed
Time
Trace time
Type 2 (2: AFTER)
When the soft key [TRACE] has been pressed, data is traced only for a specified period of time 
immediately after a specified trigger event occurs.
[TRACE] pressed
Time
Trace time
Event occurs


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 63 -
Type 3 (3: BEFORE)
When the soft key [TRACE] has been pressed, data is traced only for a specified period of time 
immediately before a specified trigger event occurs.
[TRACE] pressed
Time
Trace time
Event occurs
Setting Trace condition
1 Type 1
2 Type 2
3 Type 3
- Sampling cycle
Set the sampling cycle period for waveforms and the sampling cycle for signals as follows:
Type Setting
Waveform Multiple of 2 ranging from 2 ms to 4096 ms


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Signal Multiple of 2 ranging from 2 ms to 4096 ms
- Trace time
Set the period for tracing data.
The trace time specifies a period of time during which tracing is to be performed for waveforms and 
signals. If the trace period is insufficient, increase the sampling cycle, or decrease the measurement items.
Approximately 32700 points of data can be traced. One point is used for each sampling cycle of one


key: chroma:document
string_value:
channel. For signal measurement, one channel is used regardless of the number of signals measured at the 
same time.
When one channel of waveform is traced with a sampling cycle of 4 ms, tracing can be performed for 130 
s.
When one channel of waveform is traced with a sampling cycle of 4096 ms, tracing can be performed for 
37 hours.
Valid data range: 2 to 133939200
Unit of data: msec
Example of maximum trace time determined by the sampling cycle and the number of channels
No. of channels


key: chroma:document
string_value:
No. of channels
Cycle 1ch 4ch + signal
2 ms 65 s 13 s
4 ms 130 s 26 s
8 ms 261 s 52 s
4096 ms 37 hours and 12 minutes 7 hours and 26 minutes
- Delay time
When type 3 is selected as the trace condition, the end of tracing can be delayed by a specified time after 
the occurrence of an event.
Valid data range: 0 to 65528 (in 8-ms increments)
Unit of data: ms
NOTE
If the input numeric value is not a multiple of 8 ms, the value is rounded off to the 
nearest multiple of 8 ms.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 64 -
- Graduation unit on the horizontal axis
Set an increment per graduation on the horizontal axis.
Valid data range : 1 to 100000000
Unit of data : ms
Trigger setting
- Trigger type
If you specify the occurrence of an event as a trigger when selecting a trace condition in the trace setting 
of the waveform diagnosis parameter screen (2: AFTER or 3: BEFORE is specified as the trace condition), 
set the type of the trigger.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
set the type of the trigger.
If 2 (AFTER) is selected as the trace condition, tracing starts when a set trigger event occurs. If 3 
(BEFORE) is selected as the trace condition, tracing ends when the trigger event occurs.
Setting Trigger type
1 Alarms only
2 A specified signal is turned on.
3 A specified signal is turned off.
4 The status of a specified signal changes.
5 An alarm is issued, or a specified signal is turned on.
6 An alarm is issued, or a specified signal is turned off.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
7 An alarm is issued, or the status of a specified signal changes.
- Alarm type
When the issuance of an alarm is specified as a trigger in the setting of the trigger type (the trigger type is 
set to 1, 5, 6, or 7), set the type of alarms used as a trigger as listed in the table below. When a particular 
alarm type is not to be specified, use alarm signal AL as the trigger.
Setting Alarm type
1 PW alarms
2 IO alarms
3 PS alarms
4 OT alarms
5 OH alarms
6 SV alarms 
7 SR alarms
8 MC alarms


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 65 -
Setting Alarm type
10 DS alarms
11 IE alarms
12 BG alarms
13 SN alarms
14 EX alarms
15 PC alarms
- Alarm No.
If 6 (SV alarms) or 9 (SP alarms) is specified as the alarm type, specify the target alarm number with an 
integer from 1 to 9999.
To specify all alarm numbers as the alarm target, set -1.
- Axis No.
If 6 (SV alarms) or 9 (SP alarms) is specified as the alarm type, specify the target axis for the alarm with 
an axis number.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
an axis number.
To set all axes as the alarm target, set -1.
NOTE
For multi-axis control, the axis number must be an absolute axis number instead 
of a relative axis number in each path.
- Signal address
When use of a signal as a trigger is specified for the trigger type (the trigger type is set to 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 
7), enter the address of the signal used as the trigger.
With a multi-path PMC, an address on a PMC path is set by specifying the path number together with the 
address.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
address.
Example: 2:F0001.1
As shown in the above example, set a PMC path number plus a colon (:) plus an address. With the 
standard PMC, which has just one path, no path number needs to be specified.
NOTE
1 For PMC path numbers, refer to "Multi-Path PMC Function" in PMC 
Programming Manual (B-64513EN).
2 If the keyboard used does not have the ":" key, use ";" or "/" instead of ":".
Waveform setting


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 66 -
- Trace data type
Set the type number of data to be traced as listed below:
Setting Type Unit
0 (Not traced)
1 Servo positional deviation Pulse (detection unit)
2 Servo pulses after distribution Pulse (detection unit)
3 Servo torque (actual current) %
4 Servo pulses after acceleration/deceleration Pulse (detection unit)
5 Actual servo speed min-1
6 Servo current command value %
7 Servo heat simulation data %


key: chroma:document
string_value:
7 Servo heat simulation data %
8 Composite speed of all axes mm/min or min-1
9 Spindle speed min-1
10 Spindle load meter %
11 Difference in spindle-converted positional deviation during rigid tapping Pulse (detection unit)
NOTE
The servo torque (actual current) and current command value are represented 
by percentages to parameter No. 2086 (rated current).
- Axis number/path number
Specify an axis number or path number according to the type of data to be traced as follows:
Type Setting


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Type Setting
Servo positional deviation Controlled axis number (1 to 32)
Servo pulses after distribution
Servo torque (actual current)
Servo pulses after acceleration/deceleration
Actual servo speed
Servo current command value
Servo heat simulation data
Composite speed of all axes Path number (1 to 10)
Spindle speed Controlled spindle number (1 to 8)
Spindle load meter
Difference in spindle-converted positional deviation during rigid tapping


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 67 -
NOTE
For multi-axis control, the axis number must be an absolute axis number instead 
of a relative axis number in each path.
- Graduation unit on the axis
Set an increment per graduation on the vertical axis. This setting is valid for servo and spindle data.
Valid data range : 1 to 100000000
- Waveform color
Set the number of a color to be used for drawing the waveform as listed below. The numbers represent 
associated system colors.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
associated system colors.
Setting Default drawing color（Associated system color）
0 Black (Data display color)
1 Red (Alarm display color)
2 Green (Title display color)
3 Yellow (Cursor display color)
4 Blue (Subtitle display color)
5 Purple (Input key display color)
6 Blue (Color selection window bar display color)
7 White (Background color for specifiable data)
Signal setting


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 68 -
- Signal setting
When the ON/OFF state of an input/output signal is to be traced, set the address of the signal.
With a multi-path PMC, an address on a PMC path is set by specifying the path number together with the 
address.
Example: 2:F0001.1
As shown in the above example, set a PMC path number plus a colon (:) plus an address. With the 
standard PMC, which has just one path, no path number needs to be specified.
NOTE


key: chroma:document
string_value:
NOTE
1 For PMC path numbers, refer to "Multi-Path PMC Function" in PMC 
Programming Manual (B-64513EN).
2 If the keyboard used does not have the ":" key, use ";" or "/" instead of ":".
3 For signal data, even when just one signal address is input in an address 1 to 
32, one channel is used.
4 When tracing is not performed, enter 0.
5 Up to 32 signals can be measured at the same time.
Guide to selecting items
- Alarm type


key: chroma:document
string_value:
- Alarm type
1 When the soft key [(OPRT)] is pressed with the cursor positioned at the alarm type in the trigger 
setting, the soft key [EXPLAIN] appears.
2 Pressing the soft key [EXPLAIN] displays a list of alarm types.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 69 -
- Data type
1 When the soft key [(OPRT)] is pressed with the cursor positioned at the trace data type in the trace 
waveform setting, the soft key [EXPLAIN] appears.
2 Pressing the soft key [EXPLAIN] displays a list of trace data types.
- Waveform color
1 When the soft key [(OPRT)] is pressed with the cursor positioned at the waveform color in the trace 
waveform setting, the soft key [EXPLAIN] appears.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 70 -
1.6.3 Tracing Data
Starting tracing
1 Display the waveform diagnosis graph screen.
2 Press the soft key [TRACE] to start tracing.
"Now Sampling…" appears in the upper part of the screen. When tracing ends, the indication "Now 
Sampling…" disappears.
Even when the screen display is changed to another screen, tracing continues.
Canceling tracing
When the soft key [CANCEL] is pressed during tracing, tracing stops.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Moving, extending, and reducing a waveform
When soft key [H-DOBL] or [H-HALF] is pressed, the length of the time axis on one screen is extended 
or reduced, respectively.
When a waveform cannot fit in one screen, the time axis can be moved by pressing soft key [←TIME] or 
[TIME→].
Furthermore, pressing [CH-1], [CH-2], [CH-3], or [CH-4], a submenu appears.
When soft key [WAVE.EX] or [WAVE.RE] is pressed, the length of the time axis on one screen is


key: chroma:document
string_value:
extended or reduced, respectively. The graduation unit on the horizontal axis, which is a parameter, also 
changes automatically.
The graduation unit changes from 1 to 2 to 5 to 10 to 20 to 50 to 100, and so on.
When soft key [WAVE.↑] or [WAVE.↓] is pressed, each waveform of servo and spindle data can be 
moved upward or downward.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 71 -
Displaying signal data
Up to 32 signals can be measured at the same time. Up to nine signals can be displayed at the same time if 
only signal data is displayed, or up to four signals can be displayed if signal data is displayed over 
waveforms.
When soft key [SIG.↑] or [SIG.↓] is pressed, the currently displayed signals are changed.
NOTE
Signal data cannot be moved.
1.6.4 Outputting Data
Waveform diagnosis data can be output to an input/output device.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Specifying a format
When outputting data, you can select one of the two formats, which are the FS16i/0i-C compatible format 
(called the 0i-C compatible format hereinafter) and the FS30i/0i-D/F format (called the 0i-F format 
hereinafter). If bit 0 (IOF) of parameter No. 10600 is set to 0, the 0i-F format is selected; if bit 0 (IOF) of 
parameter No. 10600 is set to 1, the 0i-C compatible format is selected.
Output format
Traced data is input or output as a text file with the following format:


key: chroma:document
string_value:
- Identifiers
Identifier word (T) Meaning
T0/T1 Header
T60 Servo positional deviation
T61 Servo pulses after distribution
T62 Servo torque (actual current)
T63 Actual servo speed
T64 Servo current command value
T65 Servo heat simulation data
T68 Measurement item
T69 Date and time (start of measurement)
T70 Servo pulses after acceleration/deceleration
T75 Composite speed of all axes
T80 Spindle speed
T81 Spindle load meter


key: chroma:document
string_value:
T81 Spindle load meter
T82 Difference in spindle-converted positional deviation during rigid tapping
T90 Measurement period (waveform)
T91 Measurement period (signal)
T92 Date and time (end of measurement)
T98 Signal data


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 72 -
(1) Header
0i-F format
T 1 C W A V E D I A G N O S ;
0i-C compatible format
T 0 C W A V E D I A G N O S ;
(2) Date and time of start/end of tracing
- Starting date and time
T 6 9 D * * * * * * * * , * * * * * * ;
Year Month Day Hour Min Sec
- Ending date and time
T 9 2 D * * * * * * * * , * * * * * * ;
Year Month Day Hour Min Sec
NOTE
The ending date and time is output only in the 0i-F format.
(3) Waveform sampling cycle
T 9 0 D * * * * ;


key: chroma:document
string_value:
T 9 0 D * * * * ;
Waveform sampling cycle
(4) Signal sampling cycle
T 9 1 D * * * * ;
Signal sampling period
NOTE
The waveform sampling cycle and signal sampling cycle are output only in the 
0i-F format.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 73 -
(5) Selection items
T 6 8 P * * D * * , * * , ~ * * ;
Measurement item Axis No./path 
No./signal address
P0 Servo positional deviation
P1 Servo pulses after distribution
P2 Servo torque
P3 Actual servo speed
P4 Servo current command value
P5 Servo heat simulation data
P6 Servo pulses after
acceleration/deceleration
Controlled axis number
(1 to 32)
P10 Composite speed of all axes Path number (1 to 10)
P20 Spindle speed
P21 Spindle load meter


key: chroma:document
string_value:
P21 Spindle load meter
P22 Difference in spindle-convert 
positional deviation
Controlled spindle 
number
(1 to 8)
P30 Signal Signal address
NOTE
Items P6 to P30 are output only in the 0i-F format.
(6) Waveform diagnosis data
T 6 0 D * * , * * , ~ * * ;
T 6 1 D * * , * * , ~ * * ;
T 6 2 D * * , * * , ~ * * ;
T 6 3 D * * , * * , ~ * * ;
T 6 4 D * * , * * , ~ * * ;
T 6 5 D * * , * * , ~ * * ;
T 7 0 D * * , * * , ~ * * ;
T 7 5 D * * , * * , ~ * * ;
T 8 0 D * * , * * , ~ * * ;


key: chroma:document
string_value:
T 8 0 D * * , * * , ~ * * ;
T 8 1 D * * , * * , ~ * * ;
T 8 2 D * * , * * , ~ * * ;
T 9 8 D * * , * * , ~ * * ;
D** ~ ** : Waveform diagnosis data × No. of axes/No. of 
paths/No. of signals


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 74 -
Blocks are output in the following order:
Header (0i-C compatible format / 0i-F format)
Date and time (start of measurement) (0i-C compatible format / 0i-F format)
Date and time (end of measurement) (0i-F format only)
Waveform measurement period (0i-F format only)
Signal measurement period (0i-F format only)
Selection item (0i-C compatible format / 0i-F format)
Waveform diagnosis data (0i-C compatible format / 0i-F format)
NOTE


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 75 -
- Sample file
T01WAVE DIAGNOSE 
T69D20040101,120125
T92D20040101,120130
T90D2
T91D4
T68P0D1,2
T68P4D1
T68P10D1
T68P30DG0010.4,G0010.5,G0010.6
T60D643,6420
T64D270
T75D1855
T60D673,6451
T64D265
T75D1855
T60D702,6480
T64D268
T75D1855
 :
T75D1855
T98D0,0,1
T98D0,0,1
T98D0,0,1
 :
Header
Start time
End time
Waveform period
Signal period
 Measurement item/axis
 Measurement item/signal
Waveform data
Signal data


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 76 -
Outputting a file
1 Display the waveform diagnosis graph screen.
2 When the [(OPRT)] operation soft key is pressed, soft keys are displayed in the following operation 
selection state:
3 Change the mode to the EDIT mode.
4 Enter a file name in the key-in buffer, and press the soft key [F OUTPUT]. If no file name is input, 
the file name is assumed to be WAVE-DGN.TXT by default.
5 Press the soft key [EXEC] shown below to start outputting data:


key: chroma:document
string_value:
6 When data output ends, or when the soft key [CAN] is pressed, the initial operation selection state is 
restored.
NOTE
While data is being traced, data output is not allowed.
Parameter
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
10600 IOF
[Input type] Parameter input
[Type of data] Bit
#0 IOF The output format used for waveform diagnosis is:
0: 30i /0i-D/F format (0i-F format).
1: 16i /0i-C format (0i-C compatible format).


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 77 -
1.7 COLOR SETTING SCREEN
On the color setting screen, the colors of the VGA screen can be set.
1.7.1 Screen Display
1 Press the function key .
2 Press the continuous menu key several times until the soft key [COLOR] is displayed.
3 Pressing the soft key [COLOR] displays the color setting screen.
1.7.2 Operations for Color Setting
Modification to color settings (color palette values)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1 Pressing the soft key [(OPRT)] displays the following operation soft keys:
2 Move the cursor to a color number whose color palette values are to be modified.
The current color palette values of the individual color elements are displayed.
3 Select a color element to be modified, with the soft key [RED], [GREEN], or [BLUE].
Multiple color elements can be selected at a time.
Each of the soft keys [RED], [GREEN], and [BLUE] toggles between selection and deselection each 
time the soft key is pressed.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
time the soft key is pressed.
(The soft keys [RED], [GREEN], and [BLUE], when not displayed, can be displayed by pressing the 
rightmost soft key.)
4 By pressing the operation soft key [BRIGHT] or [DARK], modify the brightness of the selected 
color element.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 78 -
Storing color settings (color palette values)
Set color palette values can be stored.
1 Select a storage area by pressing the [COLOR1], [COLOR2], or [COLOR3] operation soft key.
Color 1 Color 1 (standard color) data parameters Nos. 6581 to 6595
Color 2 Color 2 data parameters Nos. 10421 to 10435
Color 3 Color 3 data parameters Nos. 10461 to 10475
2 Press the operation soft key [STORE]. The following operation soft keys are displayed:


key: chroma:document
string_value:
3 Press the operation soft key [EXEC]. The current color palette values are stored in the selected area.
Pressing the operation soft key [CAN] or the leftmost key does not store the current color palette 
values.
Calling color settings (color palette values)
1 Select an area for storing color palette values by pressing the operation soft key [COLOR1], 
[COLOR2], or [COLOR3].
(The soft keys [COLOR1], [COLOR2], and [COLOR3], when not displayed, can be displayed by 
pressing the rightmost soft key.)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
2 Press the [RECALL] operation soft key. The following operation soft keys are displayed:
3 Press the operation soft key [EXEC]. Color palette values are called from the selected area for 
modification to the color settings. This operation is invalid if no color palette values are stored.
Pressing the operation soft key [CANCEL] or the leftmost key does not call color palette values.
1.7.3 Parameter
6581 RGB value of color palette 1 for color set 1
6582 RGB value of color palette 2 for color set 1


key: chroma:document
string_value:
6583 RGB value of color palette 3 for color set 1
6584 RGB value of color palette 4 for color set 1
6585 RGB value of color palette 5 for color set 1
6586 RGB value of color palette 6 for color set 1
6587 RGB value of color palette 7 for color set 1
6588 RGB value of color palette 8 for color set 1
6589 RGB value of color palette 9 for color set 1
6590 RGB value of color palette 10 for color set 1
6591 RGB value of color palette 11 for color set 1


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 79 -
6592 RGB value of color palette 12 for color set 1
6593 RGB value of color palette 13 for color set 1
6594 RGB value of color palette 14 for color set 1
6595 RGB value of color palette 15 for color set 1
[Data type] 2-word
[Unit of data] rrggbb 6-digit number
(rr: Red data, gg: Green data, bb: Blue data)
When a number shorter than 6 digits is specified, the unspecified higher digit or digits are 
treated as 0.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
treated as 0.
[Valid data range] 00 to 15 for each color data (same as the tone level on the color setting screen) 
When a value equal to or greater than 16 is specified, the specification of 15 is assumed.
(Example) When setting the color tone level as red = 1, green = 2, and blue = 3, specify "10203".
10421 RGB value of color palette 1 for color set 2
10422 RGB value of color palette 2 for color set 2
10423 RGB value of color palette 3 for color set 2


key: chroma:document
string_value:
10424 RGB value of color palette 4 for color set 2
10425 RGB value of color palette 5 for color set 2
10426 RGB value of color palette 6 for color set 2
10427 RGB value of color palette 7 for color set 2
10428 RGB value of color palette 8 for color set 2
10429 RGB value of color palette 9 for color set 2
10430 RGB value of color palette 10 for color set 2
10431 RGB value of color palette 11 for color set 2
10432 RGB value of color palette 12 for color set 2


key: chroma:document
string_value:
10433 RGB value of color palette 13 for color set 2
10434 RGB value of color palette 14 for color set 2
10435 RGB value of color palette 15 for color set 2
[Data type] 2-word
[Unit of data] rrggbb 6-digit number
(rr: Red data, gg: Green data, bb: Blue data)
When a number shorter than 6 digits is specified, the unspecified higher digit or digits are 
treated as 0.
[Valid data range] 00 to 15 for each color data (same as the tone level on the color setting screen)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
When a value equal to or greater than 16 is specified, the specification of 15 is assumed.
(Example) When setting the color tone level as red = 1, green = 2, and blue = 3, specify "10203".
10461 RGB value of color palette 1 for color set 3
10462 RGB value of color palette 2 for color set 3
10463 RGB value of color palette 3 for color set 3
10464 RGB value of color palette 4 for color set 3
10465 RGB value of color palette 5 for color set 3


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 80 -
10466 RGB value of color palette 6 for color set 3
10467 RGB value of color palette 7 for color set 3
10468 RGB value of color palette 8 for color set 3
10469 RGB value of color palette 9 for color set 3
10470 RGB value of color palette 10 for color set 3
10471 RGB value of color palette 11 for color set 3
10472 RGB value of color palette 12 for color set 3
10473 RGB value of color palette 13 for color set 3


key: chroma:document
string_value:
10474 RGB value of color palette 14 for color set 3
10475 RGB value of color palette 15 for color set 3
[Data type] 2-word
[Unit of data] rrggbb 6-digit number
(rr: Red data, gg: Green data, bb: Blue data)
When a number shorter than 6 digits is specified, the unspecified higher digit or digits are 
treated as 0.
[Valid data range] 00 to 15 for each color data (same as the tone level on the color setting screen)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
When a value equal to or greater than 16 is specified, the specification of 15 is assumed.
[Example] When setting the color tone level as red = 1, green = 2, and blue = 3, specify "10203".
1.7.4 Notes
(1) Immediately after the power is turned on, color 1 is used as the screen color.
If no color palette values are stored in color 1, the FANUC standard color is used for display.
(2) Do not modify the parameters of the standard color data by direct MDI key input. When modifying


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the parameters of the RGB value, be sure to perform a storage operation on the color setting screen.
(3) If the screen display becomes invisible because an incorrect value is input in an RGB value 
parameter, turn off the power then turn on the power again while holding down the ＋
keys. All stored color data is cleared, and the screen is displayed in the FANUC standard color.
This operation, however, clears all contents of the memory including parameters and programs. Take


key: chroma:document
string_value:
special care when performing this operation.
1.8 POWER MATE CNC MANAGER FUNCTION
When the I/O Link Option for the FANUC servo unit βi series (called I/O Link βi below) is used for CNC 
additional axes (slaves), the Power Mate CNC manager function can be used to display and set up various 
types of data of these slaves on the CNC.
The Power Mate CNC manager function enables the following display and setting operations:
(1) Current position display (absolute/machine coordinates)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(2) Parameter display and setting
(3) Alarm display
(4) Diagnosis data display
(5) System configuration screen display
Up to eight slaves can be connected to each I/O Link channel.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 81 -
1.8.1 Screen Display
1 Press the function key .
2 Press the continuous menu key several times until the soft key [P.MATE MGR.] is displayed.
3 Pressing the soft key [P.MATE MGR.] displays the absolute coordinate screen, which is the initial 
screen of the Power Mate CNC manager. On this screen, you can select each of the following items 
by pressing the corresponding soft key:
ABS: Absolute coordinate display
MACHIN: Machine coordinate display


key: chroma:document
string_value:
PARAM: Parameter screen
MSG: Alarm list
DGNOS: Diagnosis screen
SYSTEM: System information
To select another function after one of the functions listed above is selected, press the return menu 
key until the soft keys appear as shown above. Then, select the desired function.
4 Terminating the Power Mate CNC manager function
Press the return menu key once or twice. The soft keys of the CNC system appear, and the Power 
Mate CNC manager terminates.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Mate CNC manager terminates.
Alternatively, you can select another function by pressing an MDI function key ( , , , 
etc.) to terminate the Power Mate CNC manager function.
Selecting a slave
When slaves are connected to multiple I/O Link channels, pressing soft key [NEXT CH.] or [PREV. CH.] 
displayed by pressing the soft key [(OPRT)] changes the displayed channel.
In the upper section of the screen, the following information items are displayed for the connected slaves 
(up to eight slaves):


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(up to eight slaves):
• I/O Link group number (0 to 15)
• Alarm status
The cursor is positioned at the number of the slave for which to display information (active slave). When 
multiple slaves are connected, pressing the soft key [NEXT SLAVE] or [PREV. SLAVE] changes the 
active slave.
You can display the slave status and select a slave on any screen of the Power Mate CNC manager 
function.
Current position display screen


key: chroma:document
string_value:
The current position display screen displays the current position and actual feedrate of the slave.
The following current position data is displayed:
• Absolute coordinate (current position in the absolute coordinate system)
• Machine coordinate (current position in the machine coordinate system)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 82 -
- Display method
Press soft key [ABS] or [MACHIN] to display the absolute coordinate screen or machine coordinate 
screen, respectively.
Power Mate CNC manager: Machine coordinate screen
Axis name display
You can change the axis name by setting it in the I/O Link βi parameters Nos. 0024 and 0025. Up to two 
characters can be set. (Use the ASCII codes of 0 to 9 and/or A to Z). When no axis name is set or the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
setting data is invalid, the axis name is set to 1.
This axis name is used only for position display of the Power Mate CNC manager function and irrelevant 
to the controlled axis on the CNC.
Parameter screen
The parameters required for the functions of the slave must be specified in advance.
Press soft key [PARAM] to display the parameter screen.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 83 - 
This screen displays only the bit and decimal data. For details of the parameters, refer to FANUC SERVO 
AMPLIFIER βi-B series I/O Link Option MAINTENANCE MANUAL (B-65435EN). 
• Selecting and searching for a parameter 
1 First, select the active slave. 
2 Press the soft key [(OPRT)]. The following soft keys appear: 
3 Enter a parameter number and press the soft key [NO. SRH]. The search starts.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
You can also select a desired parameter number by pressing the cursor keys 
 and page keys and moving the cursor. 
• Setting a parameter 
 You can directly set an I/O Link βi parameter of the slave from the CNC. 
1 Select a desired parameter using either of the above methods. 
2 Press the soft key [(OPRT)]. The following soft keys appear: 
3 Enter setting data. 
4 Press the soft key [INPUT] or MDI key . 
Alarm screen


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Alarm screen 
If an alarm is issued for the slave, “ALARM” is displayed in the slave status field in the upper section of 
the screen. 
At this time, you can display the alarm screen to check the details of the alarm. 
Up to 40 alarm codes are displayed on the screen. 
For details of the alarms, refer to FANUC SERVO AMPLIFIER βi-B series I/O Link Option 
MAINTENANCE MANUAL (B-65435EN).


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 84 - 
 - Display method 
Press the soft key [MSG]. On the screen, only error codes are displayed. 
Example of displaying alarms for I/O Link βi of slave 0 
Diagnosis screen 
The diagnosis screen displays diagnosis information of the slave. 
Diagnosis data is displayed in bit or integer (decimal) representation. For details of diagnosis data, refer 
to FANUC SERVO AMPLIFIER βi-B series I/O Link Option MAINTENANCE MANUAL 
(B-65435EN). 
 - Display method


key: chroma:document
string_value:
- Display method 
1 Press the continuous menu key . 
2 Press soft key [DGNOS] to display the diagnosis screen.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 85 -
Searching for diagnosis data
1 First, select the active slave.
2 Press the soft key [(OPRT)]. The following soft keys appear:
3 Enter a diagnosis number and press the soft key [NO. SRH]. The search starts.
You can also select a desired parameter number by pressing the cursor keys and page 
keys and moving the cursor.
System configuration screen
The system configuration screen displays information on the system software of slaves.
- Display method


key: chroma:document
string_value:
- Display method
1 Press the continuous menu key .
2 Press the soft key [SYSTEM] to select the system configuration screen.
Series and edition of the I/O Link βi system software


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 86 -
1.8.2 Inputting and Outputting Parameters
Outputting parameters
Parameters are output to the CNC memory or a memory card as a data file in the program format. Set the 
first registration program number in parameter No. 8760. For each slave, program with a predetermined 
number is created.
When parameters are output to the CNC memory, a program with the specified program number is 
created.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
created.
When parameters are output to a memory card, a file is created, of which file name consists of the 
specified program number and an extension PMM.
Program number = setting-of-parameter (parameter No. 8760) + (m - 1) × 100 + n × 10
m: Channel number (1 to 4)
n: Group number
Example: When parameter No. 8760 is set to 8000
Channel 1 (I/O Link β: Group 0)
8000 + 0*100 + 0*10 = 8000
Channel 2 (I/O Link β: Group 1)
8000 + 1*100 + 1*10 = 8110
Channel 3 (I/O Link β: Group 2)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
8000 + 2*100 + 2*10 = 8220
Channel 4 (I/O Link β: Group 3)
8000 + 3*100 + 3*10 = 8330
The group number is the slave number displayed in the slave status field in the upper section of the screen 
in reverse video.
When bit 3 (PMO) of parameter No. 0961 is set to 1, the numbers of the parameters to be output can be 
set only with a group number.
Select a desired input device using bits 1 (MD1) and 2 (MD2) of parameter No. 0960.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Connect a memory card or check the unused area of the CNC memory, then follow the steps below:
1 For multi-path control, display the Power Mate CNC manager screen from the screen for path 1.
2 Select the active slave.
Press the soft key [(OPRT)]. The following soft keys appear:
3 Press the soft key [F INPUT]. The following soft keys appear:
4 Press the soft key [EXEC].
During input, “INPUT” blinks in the message field.
NOTE


key: chroma:document
string_value:
NOTE
1 Parameters can be saved in other than the MEM mode or in the emergency stop 
status.
2 To save parameters in a memory card, if a file with the same name is found in 
the memory card, the parameters cannot be saved. Delete the file from the 
memory card or change the file name by setting parameter No. 8760.
To save parameters in a program area, save operation is performed according to 
the setting of bit 2 (REP) of parameter No. 3201.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 87 -
Inputting parameters
A data file of parameters output to the CNC memory or a memory card as a program is input to the slave 
determined by the program number. The program number and memory device are determined as 
described in “Outputting parameters.”
1 For multi-path control, display the Power Mate CNC manager screen from the screen for path 1.
2 Select the active slave.
3 Press the soft key [(OPRT)]. The following soft keys appear:


key: chroma:document
string_value:
4 Press the soft key [F OUTPUT]. The following soft keys appear:
5 Press the soft key [EXEC].
During output, “OUTPUT” blinks in the message field.
NOTE
1 Parameters can be input in other than the MEM mode or in the emergency stop 
status.
2 For multi-path control, parameters can be input and output only using the Power 
Mate CNC manager screen for path 1. They can only be input from and output to 
the CNC memory for path 1.
1.8.3 Parameters
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
0960 PPE PMN MD2 MD1


key: chroma:document
string_value:
0960 PPE PMN MD2 MD1
[Input type] Setting input
[Data type] Bit path
#1 MD1
#2 MD2 The slave parameters are input from and output to either of the following devices:
Parameter MD2 Parameter MD1 I/O destination
0 0 Program memory
0 1 Memory card
#3 PMN The Power Mate CNC manager function is:
0: Enabled.
1: Disabled. (Communication with the slave is not performed.)
#4 PPE Setting slave parameters using the Power Mate CNC manager:
0: Can always be performed regardless of the setting of PWE.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1: Follows the setting of PWE.
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
0961 PMO
[Input type] Parameter input
[Data type] Bit


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 88 -
#3 PMO The O number of a program for saving and restoring the I/O LINK β parameter is set 
based on:
0: Group number and channel number
1: Group number only
8760 Program number of data input/output (Power Mate CNC manager)
[Input type] Setting input
[Data type] 2-word path
[Valid data range] 0 to 99999999
This parameter sets the program numbers of programs to be used for inputting and


key: chroma:document
string_value:
outputting slave data (parameters) when the Power Mate CNC manager function is used.
For a slave specified with I/O LINK channel m and group n, the following program 
number is used:
Setting + (m - 1) × 100 + n × 10
If the setting is 0, the parameters of the slave specified with channel 1 and group 0 cannot 
be input from or output to the CNC memory because the program number is set to 0. The 
parameters can be input from and output to a memory card.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(Set a value with which any used program number does not exceed 99999999.)
Warning
If an alarm is issued for the Power Mate CNC manager, a warning message is displayed.
Message Description
DATA ERROR An attempt was made to execute [F OUTPUT] (NC → β) for a program not found in 
the program area.
WRITE PROTECTED An attempt was made to execute [F INPUT] (β → NC) for a program area when the 
memory protection signal (KEY) is off.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
EDIT REJECTED An attempt was made to execute [F INPUT] (β → NC) when the program area 
already contained a program with the same name as that to be created by 
executing [F INPUT] (β → NC).
An attempt was made to execute [F INPUT] (β → NC) when the number of the 
program to be created by executing [F INPUT] (β → NC) was selected.
An attempt was made to execute [F INPUT] (β → NC) when bit 0 (TVC) of CNC 
parameter No. 0000 was set to 1. (Parameters Nos. 0000 to 0019 are output, but


key: chroma:document
string_value:
parameter No. 0020 and subsequent parameters are not output.)
An attempt was made to execute [F OUTPUT] (NC → β) when a memory card did 
not contain any program for which [F OUTPUT] (NC → β) could be executed.
An attempt was made to execute [F OUTPUT] (β → NC) for a protected memory 
card.
NO MORE SPACE An attempt was made to execute [F INPUT] (β → NC) when the program area did 
not have enough unused space.
FORMAT ERROR Data other than digits, signs, CAN, and INPUT was entered as the setting of a


key: chroma:document
string_value:
parameter.
TOO MANY FIGURES Data consisting of 9 or more digits was entered for a bit-type parameter.
DATA IS OUT OF RANGE The setting exceeds the valid data range.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 89 -
1.8.4 Notes
- Connecting an I/O Link
When I/O Link βi is used as a slave of an I/O Link, the CNC assigns I/O addresses. The slave data is 
input and output in 16-byte units. Therefore, be sure to specify 128 as the number of input/output points.
Up to eight slaves can be connected.
The module name is OC021 (16-bit input) or OC020 (16-byte output).
BASE is always 0 and SLOT is always 1.
- Function of ignoring the Power Mate CNC manager


key: chroma:document
string_value:
After setting and checking data required for each slave connected, you can stop communication with the 
Power Mate CNC manager function to send a command from the CNC ladder to the slave.
When bit 3 (PMN) of parameter No. 960 is set to 1, communication between the CNC and the slave via 
the I/O Link is all open to the ladder. While this bit is 1, the Power Mate CNC manager function does not 
operate.
- Data protection key


key: chroma:document
string_value:
- Data protection key
When the program data protection key of the CNC is on, no parameters can be input to the CNC program 
memory.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 90 - 
1.9 SERVO GUIDE MATE 
The servo guide mate enables various types of data related to the servo motor and spindle motor to be 
displayed on the screen in the form of graphs. This allows you to readily measure the machine precision, 
thereby making it easy to grasp changes in precision resulting from the aging process, an earthquake, or 
collision of the machine. 
Overview


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Overview 
Set up as outlined in Fig. 1.9 (a), the servo guide mate displays graphs representing the feedback data 
related to the servo motor and spindle motor that are controlled through the execution of the program. It 
features such functions as drawing graphs representing chronological changes in data and the motor path, 
as well as displaying an enlarged view of error associated with the circular operation. 
Spindle Sensor 
Servo m otor 
Feed axis 
Spindle m otor 
CNC


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Spindle m otor 
CNC
D ata b uffer Program execution 
P aram eter setting 
G raph 
display 
Feedback 
data 
Fig. 1.9 (a) Outline of the servo guide mate setup 
Note 
This function and Servo Turing Tool (FANUC SERVO GUIDE) can not be used simultaneously.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 91 -
1.9.1 Wave Display
The wave display function can acquire various types of data related to the servo motor and spindle motor 
and display graphs in several different drawing modes for the analysis of the measurement data. A graph 
is made up of the two elements described below. To display a graph, therefore, operations for the wave 
display need to be set, in addition to the measurement data.
1 Measurement data


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1 Measurement data
This refers to raw data, such as position and torque, acquired from the CNC on a per-channel basis.
2 Operations
This collectively refers to the results of operations performed for measurement data. A graph cannot 
be displayed unless necessary operations are set.
This denotes that the following relationship holds true:
Wave display (graph display) = measurement data + operations


key: chroma:document
string_value:
In the remainder of this chapter, the term channel (CH) is used to refer to a specific set of measurement 
data and the term draw to refer to a specific displayed wave.
CH1 : Measurement data 1
Draw3 : Display waveform 3
A conceptual diagram of the wave display is shown Fig. 1.9.1 (a).
Display data
Data
acquisition
Screen 
display
Measurement data
CH1
CH2
CH3
Draw1
Draw2
Draw3
Operation
CH4 Draw4
Fig. 1.9.1 (a)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
CH4 Draw4
Fig. 1.9.1 (a)
Measurements of both the servo motor and spindle motor can be made for up to four channels 
simultaneously. Also, data can be measured at up to 10000 points per measurement item.
The following five drawing modes are available.
1 Y-time graph
This mode displays wave data along the time axis, as by an oscilloscope.
2 XY graph
This mode provides a 2-dimensional path display using 2-axis data.
3 Circle graph


key: chroma:document
string_value:
3 Circle graph
This mode displays an enlarged view of the path deviation from the specified circle arising during 
circular cutting.
4 Fourier graph
This mode displays the frequency spectrum by performing digital Fourier conversion for the range 
of data displayed by the Y-time graph.
5 Bode graph
This mode displays a Bode diagram in the form of single logarithm graph for the horizontal axis.
Note
- Axis number
NOTE


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Note
- Axis number
NOTE
For multi-axis control, the axis number must be an absolute axis number instead 
of a relative axis number in each path.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 92 -
1.9.1.1 Y-time graph
The Y-time graph displays wave data for the measurement data along the time axis, as by an oscilloscope.
Up to four draws can be displayed at a time.
Displaying and setting the Y-time graph
Procedure
The procedure for displaying the measurement data is described below.
1 Press the function key.
2 Press the continuous menu key several times until [SERVO GUIDE MATE] is displayed.
3 Click the soft key [SERVO GUIDE MATE].


key: chroma:document
string_value:
4 Click the soft key [Y-TIME].
The wave display screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.1 (a).
Fig. 1.9.1.1 (a)
5 Click the soft key[MEASUREMENT].
6 Click the soft key[DATA IN].


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 93 -
7 Click the soft key[SAMPLING].
The data-in screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.1 (b).
Fig. 1.9.1.1 (b)
8 Move the cursor to the parameter you want to set, by pressing the cursor key.
9 Enter data and then press the key.
10 Repeat steps 8 and 9 until you set all the parameters.
11 Click the soft key [SET CHANNEL].
The channel setting screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.1 (c).


key: chroma:document
string_value:
To set any channel other than the one currently displayed, display the setting screen for the desired 
channel by pressing the or key.
Fig. 1.9.1.1 (c)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 94 -
12 Move the cursor to the parameter you want to set, by pressing the cursor key.
13 Enter data and the press the key.
14 Repeat steps 12 and 13 until you set all the parameters.
15 Click the soft key [RE-DSPGRAPH].
16 Click the soft key [OPERATION & GRAPH].
The operation and graph setting screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.1 (d).
To set any draw other than the one currently displayed, display the setting screen for the desired


key: chroma:document
string_value:
draw by pressing the or key.
Fig. 1.9.1.1 (d)
17 Move the cursor to the parameter you want to set, by pressing the cursor key.
18 Enter data and the press the key.
19 Repeat steps 17 and 18 until you set all the parameters.
20 Click the soft key [RE-DSPGRAPH].


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 95 -
21 Click the soft key [SCALE SET].
The scale setting screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.1 (e).
Fig. 1.9.1.1 (e)
22 Move the cursor to the parameter you want to set, by pressing the cursor key.
23 Enter data and the press the key.
24 Repeat steps 22 and 23 until you set all the parameters.
25 Click the soft key [RE-DSPGRAPH].
26 Click the soft key [MEASUREMENT].
27 Click the soft key [START].
28 Start the automatic or manual operation.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
29 When the measurement is completed, the wave display screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.1 (f).
Fig. 1.9.1.1 (f)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 96 -
- Changing the operation and graph setting screen
The procedure for changing the operation and graph setting screen as necessary is described below.
1 Click the soft key [OPERATION & GRAPH].
The operation and graph setting screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.1 (g).
To set any draw other than the one currently displayed, display the setting screen for the desired 
draw by pressing the or key.
Fig. 1.9.1.1 (g)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Fig. 1.9.1.1 (g)
2 Move the cursor to the parameter you want to set, by pressing the cursor key.
3 Enter data and the press the key.
4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 until you set all the parameters.
5 Click the soft key [RE-DSPGRAPH].
Based on the new operation and graph settings, the wave display screen is displayed as shown Fig. 
1.9.1.1 (h).
Fig. 1.9.1.1 (h)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 97 -
- Changing the scale screen
The procedure for changing the scale settings as necessary is described below.
1 Click the soft key [SCALE SET].
The scale setting screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.1 (i).
Fig. 1.9.1.1 (i)
2 Move the cursor to the parameter you want to set, by pressing the cursor key.
3 Enter data and the press the key.
4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 until you set all the parameters.
5 Click the soft key [RE-DSPGRAPH].


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Based on the new scale settings, the wave display screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.1 (j).
Fig. 1.9.1.1 (j)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 98 -
- Manipulating the Y-time graph
By clicking the following soft keys, you can perform the operations corresponding to them.
[MEASUREMENT] : Performs a measurement-related operation.
[←] : Shifts the time axis to the right.
[→] : Shifts the time axis to the left.
[H-AXIS EXP] : Expands the time axis.
[H-AXIS RED] : Reduces the time axis.
[DRAW 1UNDSP] : Sets whether or not to display Draw 1.
[DRAW 1 ↑] : Shifts Draw 1 downward.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[DRAW 1 ↓] : Shifts Draw 1 upward.
[DRAW 1 V-EXP] : Expands Draw 1.
[DRAW 1 V-RED] : Reduces Draw 1.
[DRAW 2UNDSP] : Sets whether or not to display Draw 2.
[DRAW 2 ↑] : Shifts Draw 2 downward.
[DRAW 2 ↓] : Shifts Draw 2 upward.
[DRAW 2 V-EXP] : Expands Draw 2.
[DRAW 2 V-RED] : Reduces Draw 2.
[DRAW 3UNDSP] : Sets whether or not to display Draw 3.
[DRAW 3 ↑] : Shifts Draw 3 downward.
[DRAW 3 ↓] : Shifts Draw 3 upward.
[DRAW 3 V-EXP] : Expands Draw 3.
[DRAW 3 V-RED] : Reduces Draw 3.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[DRAW 4UNDSP] : Sets whether or not to display Draw 4.
[DRAW 4 ↑] : Shifts Draw 4 downward.
[DRAW 4 ↓] : Shifts Draw 4 upward.
[DRAW 4 V-EXP] : Expands Draw 4.
[DRAW 4 V-RED] : Reduces Draw 4.
[AUTO SCALE] : Enables auto scaling.
[V-AXIS EXP] : Expands all draws.
[V-AXIS RED] : Reduces all draws.
[OPE/G SET] : Sets operations and graphs.
[SCALE SET] : Sets scales.
[COM1 INPUT] : Inputs comment 1.
[COM2 INPUT] : Inputs comment 2.
[XY] : Switches to the XY graph.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[CIRCLE] : Switches to the Circle graph.
[FOURIER] : Switches to the Fourier graph.
[BODE] : Switches to the Bode graph.
- Performing measurement
When you click the soft key [MEASUREMENT], you can perform the operations corresponding to the 
menu items that follow.
[START] : Starts measurement.
[ORIGIN] : Sets the origin value.
[STOP] : Stops measurement.
[DATA IN] : Specifies measurement-related settings.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 99 -
- Changing measurement settings
1 When you click the soft key [MEASUREMENT] and then the soft key [DATA IN], you can perform 
the operations corresponding to the menu items that follow.
2 Click the soft key [LIST].
The list screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.1 (k).
To display any channel other than the one currently displayed, display the list screen for the desired 
channel by pressing the or key.
Fig. 1.9.1.1 (k)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Fig. 1.9.1.1 (k)
3 Check the current settings on the list screen.
4 Click the soft key [SAMPLING].
The data-in screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.1 (l).
Fig. 1.9.1.1 (l)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 100 - 
5 Move the cursor to the parameter you want to set, by pressing the cursor key. 
6 Enter data and the press the key. 
7 Repeat steps 5 and 6 until you set all the parameters. 
8 Click the soft key [SET CHANNEL]. 
The channel setting screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.1 (m). 
To set any channel other than the one currently displayed, display the setting screen for the desired 
channel by pressing the or key. 
Fig. 1.9.1.1 (m)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Fig. 1.9.1.1 (m) 
9 Move the cursor to the parameter you want to set, by pressing the cursor key. 
10 Enter data and the press the key. 
11 Repeat steps 9 and 10 until you set all the parameters. 
12 Click the soft key [RE-DSPGRAPH]. 
The wave display screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.1 (n). 
Fig. 1.9.1.1 (n)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 101 - 
13 The new settings will take effect next time you perform measurement. Change the operation/graph 
settings and scale settings according to the new channel settings. 
Explanation 
 - Setting the data-in screen 
• Measurement data points 
Enter a numerical value between 1 and 10000. This setting represents the number of data points to 
be measured. 
 The data measurement time is calculated by multiplying the data points by the sampling cycle. If


key: chroma:document
string_value:
different sampling cycles are set for the servo axis and spindle axis, the data points for the shorter 
sampling cycle apply. The data points for the longer sampling cycle is decreased according to the 
sampling cycle ratio. 
• Trigger path and sequential number 
Enter numerical values - path number and sequential number - that specify when to trigger 
measurement. Numerical values that can be specified as path numbers are sequential, starting at Path


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1, with the maximum value being the number of paths that are set to the CNC. The range of 
sequential numbers is from 0 to 99999. If 0 is specified as the sequential number, measurement starts 
immediately after you click the soft key [MEASUREMENT] and then the soft key [START]. 
• Sampling cycle (servo and spindle) 
Enter numerical values that specify the sampling cycles for the servo axis and spindle axis separately. 
The specifiable values are listed in Table 1.9.1.1 (a), Sampling cycles.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Table 1.9.1.1 (a) Sampling cycles 
Input value Meaning (sampling cycle) Servo axis Spindle axis 
1 100ms Specifiable Specifiable 
2 50ms Specifiable Specifiable 
3 20ms Specifiable Specifiable 
4 10ms Specifiable Specifiable 
5 5ms Specifiable Specifiable 
6 2ms Specifiable Specifiable 
7 1ms Specifiable Specifiable 
8 500μs Specifiable Specifiable 
9 250μs Specifiable Unspecifiable 
10 125μs Specifiable Unspecifiable 
11 62.5μs Specifiable Unspecifiable 
• Auto scaling


key: chroma:document
string_value:
• Auto scaling 
Enter a numerical value that specifies whether to perform auto scaling each time a measurement is 
made. The specifiable values are 1 (do not perform), 2 (perform only once), and 3 (perform each 
time). When auto scaling is enabled, the wave scale is changed so that the entire wave can be 
displayed within the display range of the graph. Therefore, when you want to monitor changes in the 
wave size, it is better to fix the scale, rather than using the auto scaling function.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
• Synchronization mode selection 
The specifiable values are 1 (do not select) and 2 (select). 
This function may be useful in cases where data is not synchronized in terms of time due to different 
sampling cycles when interpolation between servo axis and spindle axis is performed through Cs 
contour control or other means. (In some cases, the function may not produce any effect.) 
• Date and time 
The date and time when data is measured are displayed. (This is a read-only item.)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 102 -
- Setting the channel setting screen
Up to four sets of measurement data can be specified per channel. Be sure to set measurement data 
starting with the smallest channel number.
• Axis
Specify an axis number for the data to be specified. Use a positive control axis number when 
specifying a servo axis or a negative control axis number when specifying a spindle axis. The


key: chroma:document
string_value:
maximum number that can be specified is equal to the number of servo axes and spindle axes that 
are set to the CNC respectively. When enabling channels, be sure to specify the channel numbers 
sequentially, starting with the smallest channel number. Setting 0 disables the channel (not 
measured).
• Type
When a servo axis is selected, the specifiable values are as shown in Table 1.9.1.1 (b), Servo motor 
measurement data types. When a spindle axis is selected, the specifiable values are as shown in


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Table 1.9.1.1 (c), Spindle motor measurement data types. Specify the type of data you want to 
measure.
Table 1.9.1.1 (b) Servo motor measurement data types
Input value Item name Description
5 POSF Position feedback integrated value
1 VCMD Velocity command
2 TCMD Torque command
3 SPEED Motor speed
4 ERR Position error
7 SYNC Right tapping synchronization error (tap axis only)
8 ABS Absolute position of the built-in pulse coder
22 DTRQ Estimated disturbance torque


key: chroma:document
string_value:
24 DLTCM Synchronous axis torque difference
23 SFERR Dual position feedback semi-full error
48 IR R phase current value
49 IS S phase current value
50 IEFF Effective current
20 ROTOR Rotor phase
21 SIN_T Rotor position SINθ
15 FREQ Disturbance input frequency (used to measure frequency characteristics)
16 FRTCM Disturbance torque (used to measure frequency characteristics)
25 OVCLV OVC level
Table 1.9.1.1 (c) Spindle motor measurement data types
Input value Item name Description


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1 SPEED Motor speed
2 INORM Motor current amplitude
3 TCMD Torque command
4 VCMD Velocity command
5 VERR Velocity error
7 PERR1 Position error
8 ORERR Orientation position error
9 PCPOS Position feedback integrated value
10 MCMD Command pulse per ITP cycle
11 PERR2 Position error
13 CSPOS Position feedback integrated value
14 SPCMD Velocity command data
15 SPCT1 Spindle control signal 1
16 SPCT2 Spindle control signal 2
17 SPST1 Spindle status signal 1
18 SPST2 Spindle status signal 2


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 103 -
Input value Item name Description
19 ORSEQ Orientation sequence data
20 FREQ Vibration frequency
21 FRTCM Vibration torque command
25 PA1 AD value of the motor sensor A phase signal
26 PB1 AD value of the motor sensor B phase signal
27 PA2 AD value of the spindle sensor A phase signal
28 PB2 AD value of the spindle sensor B phase signal
29 MFBDF Motor feedback incremental data
30 SFBDF Spindle feedback incremental data
32 DTRQ Estimated load torque


key: chroma:document
string_value:
32 DTRQ Estimated load torque
• Unit
The specifiable values are as shown in Table 1.9.1.1 (d), Measurement data units. However, as 
shown in Table 1.9.1.1 (e), Corresponding measurement data units, you cannot specify any unit 
other than that corresponding to the type of measurement data. Under normal circumstances, the 
automatically set values do not need to be changed. When performing polar coordinate conversion


key: chroma:document
string_value:
or other operation that requires information about the actual position of the rotation axis, deg needs 
to be selected as the unit.
Table 1.9.1.1 (d) Measurement data units
Input value Unit Input value Unit
4 mm 31 A(p)
5 m 33 %
6 µm 34 pulse
7 nm 35 bit
8 inch 32 Hz
9 deg 36 --
14 1/min 38 V(p)
20 m/min 39 rev
Table 1.9.1.1 (e) Corresponding measurement data units
Servo motor data type Corresponding unit Spindle motor data type Corresponding unit
5 : POSF
4 : mm
6 : µm
8 : inch
9 : deg


key: chroma:document
string_value:
6 : µm
8 : inch
9 : deg
1 : SPEED 20 : 1/min
1 : VCMD 20 : 1/min
14 : m/min 2 : INORM 36 : --
31 : A(p)
2 : TCMD 31 : A(p)
33 : % 3 : TCMD 33 : %
31 : A(p)
3 : SPEED 20 : 1/min
14 : m/min 4 : VCMD 20 : 1/min
4 : ERR
4 : mm
6 : µm
8 : inch
9 : deg
5 : VERR 20 : 1/min
7 : SYNC 36 : -- 7 : PERR1 9 : deg
8 : ABS
4 : mm
6 : µm
8 : inch
9 : deg
8 : ORERR 9 : deg
34 : pulse
22 : DTRQ 31 : A(p) 9 : PCPOS 9 : deg
24 : DLTCM 31 : A(p) 10 : MCMD 34 : pulse


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 104 -
Servo motor data type Corresponding unit Spindle motor data type Corresponding unit
23 : SFERR
4 : mm
6 : µm
8 : inch
9 : deg
11 : PERR2 34 : pulse
48 : IR 31 : A(p)
33 : % 13 : CSPOS 9 : deg
49 : IS 31 : A(p)
33 : % 14 : SPCMD 36 : --
50 : IEFF 31 : A(p)
33 : % 15 : SPCT1 36 : --
20 : ROTOR 9 : deg 16 : SPCT2 36 : --
21 : SIN_T 36 : -- 17 : SPST1 36 : --
15 : FREQ 32 : Hz 18 : SPST2 36 : --
16 : FRTCM 31 : A(p) 19 : ORSEQ 36 : --


key: chroma:document
string_value:
25 : OVCLV 33 : % 20 : FREQ 32 : Hz
21 : FRTCM 31 : A(p)
25:PA1 38:V(p)
33:%
26:PB1 38:V(p)
33:%
27:PA2 38:V(p)
33:%
28:PB2 38:V(p)
33:%
29:MFBDF 9:deg
39:rev
30:SFBDF 9:deg
39:rev
32:DTRQ 33:%
• Conversion coefficient
Set the weight of the data selected for each channel type (numerator = physical amount). For POSF 
and other position-related data, specify the amount of travel per pulse. For VCMD and SPEED,


key: chroma:document
string_value:
specify 3750. For TCMD, specify the maximum current value of the amplifier in use.
• Conversion base
Set the weight of the data selected for each channel type (denominator = raw data unit). Under 
normal circumstances, use the value that is automatically set when the type is selected. Usually, the 
system automatically sets 1 for POSF and other position-related data, 32768 for VCMD and SPEED, 
and 7282 for TCMD.
• Origin value


key: chroma:document
string_value:
• Origin value
Specify the value that is to be set as the initial value for each channel when you click the soft key 
[MEASUREMENT] and then the soft key [ORIGIN].
• Extended address
Under normal circumstances, this item is unspecifiable and not used. (This is a read-only item.)
• Shift
Under normal circumstances, this item is unspecifiable and not used. (A value may be set 
automatically when the type is selected.)
- Setting the operation and graph setting screen


key: chroma:document
string_value:
In the operation and graph setting screen, up to four graphs can be set per draw.
• Operation
The specifiable values are as shown in Table 1.9.1.1 (f), Y-time graph operations.
An operation cannot be specified if it does not meet the graph display conditions defined in Table
1.9.1.1 (g), Y-time graph conditions.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 105 -
Table 1.9.1.1 (f) Y-time graph operations
Input value Operation 
name Description
1 N/A Not displayed.
2 Y-Time
Normal display
(The data of the sleeted channel is displayed as is, without performing any 
operations.) Input 1 is the vertical axis. All measurement channels are available 
to be selected.
3 Diff1 ( VT )
First order differential display of position data (equivalent to velocity)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Input 1 is the vertical axis. Only those channels whose positions have been 
measured can be selected.
4 Diff2 ( AT )
Second order differential display of position data (equivalent to acceleration)
Input 1 is the vertical axis. Only those channels whose positions have been 
measured can be selected.
5 Tangent
Tangent speed display
Only those channels whose positions have been measured can be selected. 
The combined speed of input 1 and input 2 is displayed.
6 Tangent N


key: chroma:document
string_value:
6 Tangent N
N axis tangent speed display
Only those channels whose positions have been measured can be selected. 
The combined speed for the position data from the channel specified by input 1 
to the channel specified by input 2 is displayed.
All channels to be combined need to have position data.
7 Smooth
Feed smoothness display
Only those channels whose positions have been measured can be selected. 
This item displays the deviation from the ideal position calculated on the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
assumption that the tool moves from the displayed start time (start point) to the 
end time (end point) at a constant speed.
8 Synchro
Synchronization error display
Only those channels whose positions have been measured can be selected. 
This item displays the difference between input 1 and input 2. Currently, only 
1-to-1 ratio is supported as the proportion of input 1 to input 2.
9 Bit
Bit display
The status of the corresponding bit specified by input 2 is displayed, based on


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the measurement data for the channel specified by input 1.
Table 1.9.1.1 (g) Y-time graph conditions
Operation Coordinate 
conversion Input 1 Input 2 Remarks
2 : Y-Time
1 : Normal Channel whose position has 
been measured Not specified
2 : Polar
Channel whose position has 
been measured
(only when the data unit is mm, 
µm, or inch)
Channel whose position has 
been measured
(only when the data unit is deg)
3 : Angular Channel whose position has 
been measured
Channel whose position has


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Channel whose position has 
been measured
3 : Diff1 ( VT ) 1 : Normal Channel whose position has 
been measured Not specified
4 : Diff2 ( AT ) 1 : Normal Channel whose position has 
been measured Not specified
5 : Tangent
1 : Normal Channel whose position has 
been measured
Channel whose position has 
been measured
2 : Polar
Channel whose position has 
been measured
(only when the data unit is mm, 
µm, or inch)
Channel whose position has 
been measured
(only when the data unit is deg)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 106 -
Operation Coordinate 
conversion Input 1 Input 2 Remarks
6 : Tangent N 1 : Normal Channel whose position has 
been measured
Channel whose position has 
been measured
Make sure 
that the 
measured 
data unit is 
either mm, 
µm, or inch, 
or deg.
7 : Smooth 1 : Normal Channel whose position has 
been measured Not specified
8 : Synchro 1 : Normal Channel whose position has 
been measured
Channel whose position has 
been measured


key: chroma:document
string_value:
been measured
9 : Bit 1 : Normal Channel whose position has 
been measured Bit position
• Input 1
Specifiable values are sequential, with channel 1 being 1. The maximum value is the largest channel 
number for which measurement is set during the channel setting process. A value that does not meet 
the graph display conditions defined in Table 1.9.1.1 (g), Y-time graph conditions cannot be 
specified in input 1.
• Input 2


key: chroma:document
string_value:
• Input 2
Specifiable values are sequential, with channel 1 being 1. The maximum value is the largest channel 
number for which measurement is set during the channel setting process. Note that, when Bit is 
specified as the operation, values are sequentially set, with bit position 0 being 10. In this case, the 
maximum value is 25, which indicates bit position 15. A value that does not meet the graph display


key: chroma:document
string_value:
conditions defined in Table 1.9.1.1 (g), Y-time graph conditions cannot be specified in input 2.
• Display unit
Specifiable values are as shown in Table 1.9.1.1 (h), Display units. The conditions for specifying 
these display units are as shown in Table 1.9.1.1 (i), Y-time graph display units.
Table 1.9.1.1 (h) Display units
Input value Unit Input value Unit
1 sec 19 1/sec
2 msec 20 1/min
3 µsec 21 mm/sec/sec
4 mm 22 mm/min/min
5 m 23 m/sec/sec
6 µm 24 m/min/min
7 nm 25 inch/sec/sec


key: chroma:document
string_value:
7 nm 25 inch/sec/sec
8 inch 26 inch/min/min
9 deg 27 deg/sec/sec
10 mdeg 28 deg/min/min
11 mm/sec 29 1/sec/sec
12 mm/min 30 1/min/min
13 m/sec 31 A(p)
14 m/min 32 Hz
15 inch/sec 33 %
16 inch/min 34 pulse
17 deg/sec 35 bit
18 deg/min 36 --


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 107 -
Table 1.9.1.1 (i) Corresponding Y-time graph display units
Operation Input 1 measurement data unit Specifiable display unit
2 : Y-Time
4 : mm
5 : m
6 : µm
7 : nm
8 : inch
4 : mm
5 : m
6 : µm
7 : nm
8 : inch
9 : deg 9 : deg
14 : m/min
11 : mm/sec
12 : mm/min
13 : m/sec
14 : m/min
15 : inch/sec
16 : inch/min
20 : 1/min
17 : deg/sec
18 : deg/min
19 : 1/sec
20 : 1/min
31 : A(p) 31 : A(p)
32 : Hz 32 : Hz
33 : %
34 : pulse
35 : bit


key: chroma:document
string_value:
33 : %
34 : pulse
35 : bit
33 : %
34 : pulse
35 : bit
36 : -- 36 : --
3 : Diff1 ( VT )
4 : mm
5 : m
6 : µm
7 : nm
8 : inch
11 : mm/sec
12 : mm/min
13 : m/sec
14 : m/min
15 : inch/sec
16 : inch/min
9 : deg
17 : deg/sec
18 : deg/min
19 : 1/sec
20 : 1/min
4 : Diff2 ( AT )
4 : mm
5 : m
6 : µm
7 : nm
8 : inch
21 : mm/sec/sec
22 : mm/min/min
23 : m/sec/sec
24 : m/min/min
25 : inch/sec/sec
26 : inch/min/min
9 : deg
27 : deg/sec/sec
28 : deg/min/min
29 : 1/sec/sec


key: chroma:document
string_value:
29 : 1/sec/sec
30 : 1/min/min
5 : Tangent
4 : mm
5 : m
6 : µm
7 : nm
8 : inch
9 : deg
11 : mm/sec
12 : mm/min
13 : m/sec
14 : m/min
15 : inch/sec
16 : inch/min
6 : Tangent N
4 : mm
5 : m
6 : µm
7 : nm
8 : inch
9 : deg
11 : mm/sec
12 : mm/min
13 : m/sec
14 : m/min
15 : inch/sec
16 : inch/min


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 108 -
Operation Input 1 measurement data unit Specifiable display unit
7 : Smooth
4 : mm
5 : m
6 : µm
7 : nm
8 : inch
9 : deg
4 : mm
5 : m
6 : µm
7 : nm
8 : inch
9 : deg
8 : Synchro Not affected by the measurement unit.
4 : mm
5 : m
6 : µm
7 : nm
8 : inch
9 : deg
36 : --
9 : Bit Not affected by the measurement unit. Not specified.
• Coordinate conversion


key: chroma:document
string_value:
• Coordinate conversion
Specifiable values are 1 (Normal; no coordinate conversion), 2 (Polar; coordinate conversion for 
polar coordinate interpolation), and 3 (Angular; coordinate conversion for angular axis control). The 
conditions for the specifiable coordinate conversion types are as shown in Table 1.9.1.1 (j), 
Corresponding Y-time graph coordinate conversion types. Note that no conditions are imposed for 
specifying Normal (no coordinate conversion).


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Table 1.9.1.1 (j) Corresponding Y-time graph coordinate conversion types
Operation Input 1 Input 2 Specifiable coordinate 
conversion
2 : Y-Time
5 : Tangent
Channel whose position has been 
measured
(only when the data unit is mm, 
µm, or inch)
Channel whose position has been 
measured
(only when the data unit is deg)
2 : Polar
Channel whose position has been 
measured
Channel whose position has been 
measured 3 : Angular
• Inclination


key: chroma:document
string_value:
• Inclination
Specify the inclination in degrees. The specified value is effective only when Angular (coordinate 
conversion for angular axis control) is specified as the coordinate conversion type.
- Setting the scale screen
The scale screen lets you set up to four scales per draw and specify the graph scale with respect to the 
time axis.
• Start point
Set the center coordinate of the displayed data (Draw 1 to Draw 4; vertical axis).
Set the display start time for time (horizontal axis).


key: chroma:document
string_value:
• Division
Set the value of the displayed data per grid (Draw 1 to Draw 4; vertical axis).
Set the amount of time per grid for time (horizontal axis).
- Operation for measurement
• Origin
Arrange that the origin value, set on a per-channel basis in the channel setting screen, will be the 
initial value for the measurement data when measurement is started. This operation is effective only 
for those channels for which position measurement is set.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 109 -
Limitation
- Data update cycle
Position-related data is updated at intervals of 1 ms, and power-related data is updated at the current cycle. 
Therefore, even if you specify a sampling cycle that is shorter than the data update cycle, the displayed 
data remains unchanged during the present data update cycle.
- Sampling cycle and the number of channels measured


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Regarding the sampling cycle and the number of channels measured, there are limitations as shown in 
Table 1.9.1.1 (k).
Table 1.9.1.1 (k) Sampling cycle and the number of channels measured
Sampling cycle Maximum number of channels measured
1ms or more 4
500µs 4
250µs 4
125µs 4
62.5µs
2
(Channel 3 or later cannot be input.)
The following limitations are imposed on the servo axis and spindle axis.
Number of channels that can be acquired per servo DSP


key: chroma:document
string_value:
• Up to four channels can be acquired when the sampling cycle is 1 ms or longer, 500 µs, or 250 µs.
• Up to two channels can be acquired when the sampling cycle is 125 µs.
• Only one channel can be acquired when the sampling cycle is 62.25 µs.
Number of channels that can be acquired per spindle axis
• Up to two channels can be acquired when the sampling cycle is 1 ms or longer.
• Only one channel can be acquired when the sampling cycle is 500 ms.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 110 -
1.9.1.2 XY graph
This graph provides a 2-dimensional path display of measurement data by using 2-axis data.
Up to two draws can be displayed at a time.
Displaying and setting the XY graph
Procedure
The procedure for displaying the measurement data is described below.
1 Press the function key.
2 Press the continuous menu key several times until [SERVO GUIDE MATE] is displayed.
3 Click the soft key [SERVO GUIDE MATE].
4 Click the soft key [XY].


key: chroma:document
string_value:
4 Click the soft key [XY].
The wave display screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.2 (a).
Fig. 1.9.1.2 (a)
5 Click the soft key [MEASUREMENT].
6 Click the soft key [DATA IN].


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 111 -
7 Click the soft key [SAMPLING].
The data-in screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.2 (b).
Fig. 1.9.1.2 (b)
8 Move the cursor to the parameter you want to set, by pressing the cursor key.
9 Enter data and the press the key.
10 Repeat steps 8 and 9 until you set all the parameters.
11 Click the soft key [SET CHANNEL].
The channel setting screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.2 (c).


key: chroma:document
string_value:
To set any channel other than the one currently displayed, display the setting screen for the desired 
channel by pressing the or key.
Fig. 1.9.1.2 (c)
12 Move the cursor to the parameter you want to set, by pressing the cursor key.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 112 -
13 Enter data and the press the key.
14 Repeat steps 12 and 13 until you set all the parameters.
15 Click the soft key [RE-DSPGRAPH].
16 Click the soft key [OPERATION & GRAPH].
The operation and graph setting screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.2 (d).
To set any draw other than the one currently displayed, display the setting screen for the desired 
draw by pressing the or key.
Fig. 1.9.1.2 (d)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Fig. 1.9.1.2 (d)
17 Move the cursor to the parameter you want to set, by pressing the cursor key.
18 Enter data and the press the key.
19 Repeat steps 17 and 18 until you set all the parameters.
20 Click the soft key [RE-DSPGRAPH].


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 113 -
21 Click the soft key [SCALE SET].
The scale setting screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.2 (e).
Fig. 1.9.1.2 (e)
22 Move the cursor to the parameter you want to set, by pressing the cursor key.
23 Enter data and the press the key.
24 Repeat steps 22 and 23 until you set all the parameters.
25 Click the soft key [RE-DSPGRAPH].
26 Click the soft key [MEASUREMENT].
27 Click the soft key [START].
28 Start the automatic or manual operation.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
29 When the measurement is completed, the wave display screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.2 (f).
Fig. 1.9.1.2 (f)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 114 -
- Changing the operation and graph setting screen
The procedure for changing the operation and graph setting screen as necessary is described below.
1 Click the soft key [OPERATION & GRAPH].
The operation and graph setting screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.2 (g).
To set any draw other than the one currently displayed, display the setting screen for the desired 
draw by pressing the or key.
Fig. 1.9.1.2 (g)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Fig. 1.9.1.2 (g)
2 Move the cursor to the parameter you want to set, by pressing the cursor key.
3 Enter data and the press the key.
4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 until you set all the parameters.
5 Click the soft key [RE-DSPGRAPH].
Based on the new operation and graph settings, the wave display screen is displayed as shown Fig. 
1.9.1.2 (h).
Fig. 1.9.1.2 (h)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 115 -
- Changing the scale screen
The procedure for changing the scale settings as necessary is described below.
1 Click the soft key [SCALE SET].
The scale setting screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.2 (i).
Fig. 1.9.1.2 (i)
2 Move the cursor to the parameter you want to set, by pressing the cursor key.
3 Enter data and the press the key.
4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 until you set all the parameters.
5 Click the soft key [RE-DSPGRAPH].


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Based on the new scale settings, the wave display screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.2 (j).
Fig. 1.9.1.2 (j)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 116 -
- Manipulating the XY graph
By clicking the following soft keys, you can perform the operations corresponding to them.
[MEASUREMENT] : Performs a measurement-related operation.
[←] : Shifts the horizontal axis to the right.
[→] : Shifts the horizontal axis to the left.
[H-AXIS EXP] : Expands the horizontal axis.
[H-AXIS RED] : Reduces the horizontal axis.
[AUTO SCALE] : Enables auto scaling.
[↑] : Shifts the vertical axis downward.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[↓] : Shifts the vertical axis upward.
[V-AXIS EXP] : Expands the vertical axis.
[V-AXIS RED] : Reduces the vertical axis.
[DRAW 1UNDSP] : Sets whether or not to display Draw 1.
[DRAW 2UNDSP] : Sets whether or not to display Draw 2.
[OPE/G SET] : Sets operations and graphs.
[SCALE SET] : Sets scales.
[COM1 INPUT] : Inputs comment 1.
[COM2 INPUT] : Inputs comment 2.
[Y-TIME] : Switches to the Y-Time graph.
[CIRCLE] : Switches to the Circle graph.
[FOURIER] : Switches to the Fourier graph.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[BODE] : Switches to the Bode graph.
- Performing measurement
When you click the soft key [MEASUREMENT], you can perform the operations corresponding to the 
menu items that follow.
[START] : Starts measurement.
[ORIGIN] : Sets the origin value.
[STOP] : Stops measurement.
[DATA IN] : Specifies measurement-related settings.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 117 -
- Changing measurement settings
1 When you click the soft key [MEASUREMENT] and then the soft key [DATA IN], you can perform 
the operations corresponding to the menu items that follow.
2 Click the soft key [LIST].
The list screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.2 (k).
To display any channel other than the one currently displayed, display the list screen for the desired 
channel by pressing the or key.
Fig. 1.9.1.2 (k)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Fig. 1.9.1.2 (k)
3 Check the current settings on the list screen.
4 Click the soft key [SAMPLING].
The data-in screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.2 (l).
Fig. 1.9.1.2 (l)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 118 - 
5 Move the cursor to the parameter you want to set, by pressing the cursor key. 
6 Enter data and the press the key. 
7 Repeat steps 5 and 6 until you set all the parameters. 
8 Click the soft key [SET CHANNEL]. 
The channel setting screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.2 (m). 
To set any channel other than the one currently displayed, display the setting screen for the desired 
channel by pressing the or key. 
Fig. 1.9.1.2 (m)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Fig. 1.9.1.2 (m) 
9 Move the cursor to the parameter you want to set, by pressing the cursor key. 
10 Enter data and the press the key. 
11 Repeat steps 9 and 10 until you set all the parameters. 
12 Click the soft key [RE-DSPGRAPH]. 
The wave display screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.2 (n). 
Fig. 1.9.1.2 (n)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 119 - 
13 The new settings will take effect next time you perform measurement. Change the operation/graph 
settings and scale settings according to the new channel settings. 
Explanation 
 - Setting the data-in screen 
See the Explanation section for the Y-time graph describing the setting of the data-in screen. 
 - Setting the channel setting screen 
See the Explanation section for the Y-time describing the setting of the channel setting screen.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
- Setting the operation and graph setting screen 
In the operation and graph setting screen, up to two graphs can be set per draw. 
• Operation 
The specifiable values are as shown in Table 1.9.1.2 (a), XY graph operations. 
An operation cannot be specified if it does not meet the graph display conditions defined in Table 
1.9.1.2 (b), XY graph conditions. 
Table 1.9.1.2 (a) XY graph operations 
Input value Operation name Description 
1 N/A Not displayed. 
11 XY XY display


key: chroma:document
string_value:
11 XY XY display 
Input 1 is the horizontal axis. Input 2 is the vertical axis. 
Table 1.9.1.2 (b) XY graph conditions 
Operatio
n 
Coordinate 
conversion Input 1 Input 2 Remarks 
11 : XY 
1 : Normal Channel whose position has been 
measured 
Channel whose position has been 
measured 
2 : Polar 
Channel whose position has been 
measured 
(only when the data unit is mm, 
μm, or inch) 
Channel whose position has been 
measured 
(only when the data unit is deg)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
3 : Angular Channel whose position has been 
measured 
Channel whose position has been 
measured 
• Input 1 
Specifiable values are sequential, with channel 1 being 1. The maximum value is the largest channel 
number for which measurement is set during the channel setting process. A value that does not meet 
the graph display conditions defined in Table 1.9.1.2 (b), XY graph conditions cannot be specified in 
input 1. 
• Input 2


key: chroma:document
string_value:
input 1. 
• Input 2 
Specifiable values are sequential, with channel 1 being 1. The maximum value is the largest channel 
number for which measurement is set during the channel setting process. A value that does not meet 
the graph display conditions defined in Table 1.9.1.2 (b), XY graph conditions cannot be specified in 
input 2. 
• Display unit 
The specifiable value is 4 (mm) only. 
• Coordinate conversion


key: chroma:document
string_value:
• Coordinate conversion 
Specifiable values are 1 (Normal; no coordinate conversion), 2 (Polar; coordinate conversion for 
polar coordinate interpolation), and 3 (Angular; coordinate conversion for angular axis control). The 
conditions for the specifiable coordinate conversion types are as shown in Table 1.9.1.2 (c), 
Corresponding XY graph coordinate conversion types.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 120 -
Table 1.9.1.2 (c) Corresponding XY graph coordinate conversion types
Operation Input 1 Input 2
Specifiable 
coordinate 
conversion
11 : XY
Channel whose position has been 
measured
Channel whose position has been 
measured 1 : Normal
Channel whose position has been 
measured
(only when the data unit is mm, µm, or 
inch)
Channel whose position has been 
measured
(only when the data unit is deg)
2 : Polar
Channel whose position has been


key: chroma:document
string_value:
measured
Channel whose position has been 
measured 3 : Angular
• Inclination
Specify the inclination in degrees. The specified value is effective only when Angular (coordinate 
conversion for angular axis control) is specified as the coordinate conversion type.
- Setting the scale screen
• Start point
Set the center coordinates of the horizontal axis and vertical axis of the displayed data, respectively.
• Division


key: chroma:document
string_value:
• Division
Set the value of one grid of the horizontal axis and vertical axis of the displayed data, respectively.
- Operation for measurement
See the Explanation section for the Y-time graph describing the operation for measurement.
Limitation
See the Limitation section for the Y-time graph.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 121 -
1.9.1.3 Circle graph
This graph displays an enlarged view of the path deviation from the specified circle arising during 
circular cutting.
Only one draw can be displayed.
Displaying and setting the circle graph
Procedure
The procedure for displaying the measurement data is described below.
1 Press the function key.
2 Press the continuous menu key several times until [SERVO GUIDE MATE] is displayed.
3 Click the soft key [SERVO GUIDE MATE].


key: chroma:document
string_value:
4 Click the soft key [CIRCLE].
The wave display screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.3 (a).
Fig. 1.9.1.3 (a)
5 Click the soft key [MEASUREMENT].
6 Click the soft key [DATA IN].


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 122 -
7 Click the soft key [SAMPLING].
The data-in screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.3 (b).
Fig. 1.9.1.3 (b)
8 Move the cursor to the parameter you want to set, by pressing the cursor key.
9 Enter data and the press the key.
10 Repeat steps 8 and 9 until you set all the parameters.
11 Click the soft key [SET CHANNEL].
The channel setting screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.3 (c).


key: chroma:document
string_value:
To set any channel other than the one currently displayed, display the setting screen for the desired 
channel by pressing the or key.
Fig. 1.9.1.3 (c)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 123 -
12 Move the cursor to the parameter you want to set, by pressing the cursor key.
13 Enter data and the press the key.
14 Repeat steps 12 and 13 until you set all the parameters.
15 Click the soft key [RE-DSPGRAPH].
16 Click the soft key [OPERATION & GRAPH].
The operation and graph setting screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.3 (d).
Fig. 1.9.1.3 (d)
17 Move the cursor to the parameter you want to set, by pressing the cursor key.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
18 Enter data and the press the key.
19 Repeat steps 17 and 18 until you set all the parameters.
20 Click the soft key [RE-DSPGRAPH].
21 Click the soft key [SCALE SET].
The scale setting screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.3 (e).
Fig. 1.9.1.3 (e)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 124 -
22 Move the cursor to the parameter you want to set, by pressing the cursor key.
23 Enter data and the press the key.
24 Repeat steps 22 and 23 until you set all the parameters.
25 Click the soft key [RE-DSPGRAPH].
26 Click the soft key [MEASUREMENT].
27 Click the soft key [START].
28 Start the automatic or manual operation.
29 When the measurement is completed, the wave display screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.3 (f).
Fig. 1.9.1.3 (f)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 125 -
- Changing the operation and graph setting screen
The procedure for changing the operation and graph setting screen as necessary is described below.
1 Click the soft key [OPERATION & GRAPH].
The operation and graph setting screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.3 (g).
Fig. 1.9.1.3 (g)
2 Move the cursor to the parameter you want to set, by pressing the cursor key.
3 Enter data and the press the key.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 until you set all the parameters.
5 Click the soft key [RE-DSPGRAPH].
Based on the new operation and graph settings, the wave display screen is displayed as shown Fig. 
1.9.1.3 (h).
Fig. 1.9.1.3 (h)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 126 -
- Changing the scale screen
The procedure for changing the scale settings as necessary is described below.
1 Click the soft key [SCALE SET].
The scale setting screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.3 (i).
Fig. 1.9.1.3 (i)
2 Move the cursor to the parameter you want to set, by pressing the cursor key.
3 Enter data and the press the key.
4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 until you set all the parameters.
5 Click the soft key [RE-DSPGRAPH].


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Based on the new scale settings, the wave display screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.3 (j).
Fig. 1.9.1.3 (j)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 127 -
- Manipulating the Circle graph
By clicking the following soft keys, you can perform the operations corresponding to them.
[MEASUREMENT] : Performs a measurement-related operation.
[←] : Moves the center coordinate position to the left.
[→] : Moves the center coordinate position to the right.
[↑] : Moves the center coordinate position upward.
[↓] : Moves the center coordinate position downward.
[AUTO SCALE] : Enables auto scaling.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[ERROR EXP] : Expands the error display.
[ERROR RED] : Reduces the error display.
[RADIUSEXP] : Expands the radius.
[RADIUSRED : Reduces the radius.
[DRAW 1UNDSP] : Sets whether or not to display Draw 1.
[ZOOM EXP] : Expands the zoom.
[ZOOM RED] : Reduces the zoom.
[OPE/G SET] : Sets operations and graphs.
[SCALE SET] : Sets scales.
[COM1 INPUT] : Inputs comment 1.
[COM2 INPUT] : Inputs comment 2.
[Y-TIME] : Switches to the Y-time graph.
[XY] : Switches to the XY graph.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[FOURIER] : Switches to the Fourier graph.
[BODE] : Switches to the Bode graph.
- Performing measurement
When you click the soft key [MEASUREMENT], you can perform the operations corresponding to the 
menu items that follow.
[START] : Starts measurement.
[ORIGIN] : Sets the origin value.
[STOP] : Stops measurement.
[DATA IN] : Specifies measurement-related settings.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION B-64695EN/01
- 128 -
- Changing measurement settings
1 When you click the soft key [MEASUREMENT] and then the soft key [DATA IN], you can perform 
the operations corresponding to the menu items that follow.
2 Click the soft key [LIST].
The list screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.3 (k).
To display any channel other than the one currently displayed, display the list screen for the desired 
channel by pressing the or key.
Fig. 1.9.1.3 (k)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Fig. 1.9.1.3 (k)
3 Check the current settings on the list screen.
4 Click the soft key [SAMPLING].
The data-in screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.3 (l).
Fig. 1.9.1.3 (l)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B-64695EN/01 1. DISPLAY AND OPERATION
- 129 - 
5 Move the cursor to the parameter you want to set, by pressing the cursor key. 
6 Enter data and the press the key. 
7 Repeat steps 5 and 6 until you set all the parameters. 
8 Click the soft key [SET CHANNEL]. 
The channel setting screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.3 (m). 
To set any channel other than the one currently displayed, display the setting screen for the desired 
channel by pressing the or key. 
Fig. 1.9.1.3 (m)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Fig. 1.9.1.3 (m) 
9 Move the cursor to the parameter you want to set, by pressing the cursor key. 
10 Enter data and the press the key. 
11 Repeat steps 9 and 10 until you set all the parameters. 
12 Click the soft key [RE-DSPGRAPH]. 
The wave display screen is displayed as shown Fig. 1.9.1.3 (n). 
Fig. 1.9.1.3 (n)


